Dell Powerconnect 5324 Quick Reference Guide CLI
2014-11-13
: Dell Dell-Powerconnect-5324-Quick-Reference-Guide-114414 dell-powerconnect-5324-quick-reference-guide-114414 dell pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 388
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Dell™ PowerConnect™ 5324 Systems CLI Reference Guide www.dell.com | support.dell.com Notes, Notices, and Cautions NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. NOTICE: A NOTICE indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. ____________________ Information in this document is subject to change without notice. © 2006 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc. is strictly forbidden. Trademarks used in this text: Dell, the DELL logo, and PowerConnect are trademarks of Dell Inc. Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own. Aug 2006 Rev. A01 Contents 1 Command Groups Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Command Groups AAA Commands Address Table Commands Clock Commands Configuration and Image Files Commands Ethernet Configuration Commands GVRP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands IP Addressing LACP Commands . Line Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 LLDP Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Management ACL Commands PHY Diagnostics Commands Port Channel Commands . Port Monitor Commands QoS Commands Radius Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 RMON Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 SNMP Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Spanning Tree Commands D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A R Y 9 / 1 2 / 0 6 – F O R P R O O F O N LY 3 SSH Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Syslog Commands System Management Commands TACACS Commands User Interface Commands VLAN Commands Web Server Commands 802.1x Commands 2 Command Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 GC (Global Configuration) Mode IC (Interface Configuration) Mode LC (Line Configuration) Mode. MA (Management Access-level) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 PE (Privileged User EXEC) Mode SP (SSH Public Key) Mode . UE (User EXEC) Mode VC (VLAN Configuration) Mode . 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Starting the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Editing Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Using the CLI CLI Command Modes. 4 AAA Commands aaa authentication login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 aaa authentication enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A R Y 9 / 1 2 / 0 6 – F O R P R O O F O N LY 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 enable authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 ip http authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 login authentication ip https authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 show authentication methods password enable password username show users accounts 5 Address Table Commands bridge address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 bridge multicast filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 bridge multicast address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 bridge multicast forbidden address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 clear bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 port security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 bridge multicast forward-all bridge multicast forbidden forward-all bridge aging-time port security routed secure-address show bridge address-table . show bridge address-table static . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 show bridge address-table count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 show bridge multicast address-table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 show bridge multicast filtering . show ports security D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A R Y 9 / 1 2 / 0 6 – F O R P R O O F O N LY 5 6 Clock clock set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 clock source clock timezone clock summer-time sntp authentication-key sntp authenticate sntp trusted-key sntp client poll timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sntp broadcast client enable . sntp anycast client enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sntp client enable (interface) . 99 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 sntp server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 show clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 sntp unicast client enable sntp unicast client poll . show sntp configuration show sntp status . 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Configuration and Image Files delete startup-config. copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 boot system show running-config . show startup-config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 show backup-config . show bootvar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A R Y 9 / 1 2 / 0 6 – F O R P R O O F O N LY 6 8 Ethernet Configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 negotiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 flowcontrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 interface ethernet interface range ethernet shutdown description speed duplex mdix back-pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 show interfaces counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 show ports jumbo-frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 port storm-control include-multicast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 port storm-control broadcast enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 port jumbo-frame clear counters . set interface active show interfaces configuration show interfaces status . show interfaces description port storm-control broadcast rate. show ports storm-control 9 GVRP Commands gvrp enable (global) gvrp enable (interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A R Y 9 / 1 2 / 0 6 – F O R P R O O F O N LY 7 garp timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gvrp vlan-creation-forbid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 gvrp registration-forbid clear gvrp statistics show gvrp configuration . show gvrp statistics 142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 show gvrp error-statistics 10 IGMP Snooping Commands ip igmp snooping (Global) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 ip igmp snooping (Interface) ip igmp snooping mrouter ip igmp snooping host-time-out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out . 150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 ip igmp snooping leave-time-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 show ip igmp snooping mrouter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 show ip igmp snooping interface . show ip igmp snooping groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 11 IP Addressing Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 clear host dhcp ip address . ip address dhcp ip default-gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 show ip interface arp arp timeout D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A R Y 9 / 1 2 / 0 6 – F O R P R O O F O N LY 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 ip domain-name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 ip name-server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 clear arp-cache show arp ip domain-lookup ip host . clear host show hosts 12 LACP Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 lacp system-priority lacp port-priority lacp timeout . show lacp ethernet show lacp port-channel 13 Line Commands line speed autobaud exec-timeout show line terminal history terminal history size 14 LLDP Commands lldp enable (global) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A R Y 9 / 1 2 / 0 6 – F O R P R O O F O N LY 9 Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 lldp enable (interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lldp timer 180 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lldp reinit-delay 181 lldp tx-delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 lldp optional-tlv lldp management-address clear lldp rx . show lldp configuration show lldp local show lldp neighbors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 15 Management ACL management access-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 permit (management) deny (management) management access-class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . show management access-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . show management access-class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 193 193 16 PHY Diagnostics Commands test copper-port tdr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 show copper-ports tdr show copper-ports cable-length show fiber-ports optical-transceiver D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A R Y 9 / 1 2 / 0 6 – F O R P R O O F O N LY 10 17 Port Channel Commands interface port-channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . interface range port-channel . channel-group . 201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 port channel load balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .show interfaces port-channel 203 18 Port Monitor Commands port monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 show ports monitor 19 QoS Commands qos show qos wrr-queue cos-map wrr-queue bandwidth priority-queue out num-of-queues show qos interface qos map dscp-queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 qos trust (Global) qos trust (Interface) qos cos show qos map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 20 Radius Commands radius-server host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 radius-server key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A R Y 9 / 1 2 / 0 6 – F O R P R O O F O N LY 11 radius-server retransmit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 radius-server source-ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 radius-server timeout radius-server deadtime show radius-servers . 21 RMON Commands show rmon statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 show rmon log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 rmon table-size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 rmon collection history show rmon collection history show rmon history . rmon alarm show rmon alarm-table show rmon alarm rmon event show rmon events 22 SNMP Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 snmp-server community snmp-server view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . snmp-server filter 243 snmp-server contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 snmp-server location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 snmp-server enable traps snmp-server trap authentication D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A R Y 9 / 1 2 / 0 6 – F O R P R O O F O N LY 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 snmp-server host snmp-server set snmp-server group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 snmp-server user snmp-server v3-host snmp-server engineID local show snmp engineid . show snmp show snmp views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .show snmp groups 256 show snmp filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 show snmp users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 23 Spanning-Tree Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 spanning-tree priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 spanning-tree disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 spanning-tree spanning-tree mode spanning-tree forward-time spanning-tree hello-time . spanning-tree max-age spanning-tree cost . spanning-tree port-priority . spanning-tree portfast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 spanning-tree link-type spanning-tree mst priority spanning-tree mst max-hops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A R Y 9 / 1 2 / 0 6 – F O R P R O O F O N LY 13 spanning-tree mst port-priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 spanning-tree mst cost . spanning-tree mst configuration instance (mst) name (mst) revision (mst) show (mst) exit (mst) abort (mst) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . spanning-tree pathcost method. 275 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 spanning-tree bpdu clear spanning-tree detected-protocols show spanning-tree spanning-tree mst mstp-rstp Spanning-tree guard root. 24 SSH Commands ip ssh port . ip ssh server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 crypto key generate dsa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 crypto key generate rsa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 ip ssh pubkey-auth . crypto key pubkey-chain ssh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 user-key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 key-string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 show ip ssh show crypto key mypubkey D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A R Y 9 / 1 2 / 0 6 – F O R P R O O F O N LY 14 show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 25 Syslog Commands logging on . logging logging console logging buffered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . logging buffered size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 clear logging logging file 305 clear logging file show logging show logging file show syslog-servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 26 27 System Management ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . traceroute . 313 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 resume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 telnet hostname show users show sessions . show system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A R Y 9 / 1 2 / 0 6 – F O R P R O O F O N LY 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 show version asset-tag show system id 28 TACACS Commands tacacs-server host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 tacacs-server key tacacs-server timeout tacacs-server source-ip show tacacs . 29 User Interface enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 login configure exit(configuration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 exit(EXEC) . end help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 history history size debug-mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 show history. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 show privilege. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A R Y 9 / 1 2 / 0 6 – F O R P R O O F O N LY 16 30 VLAN Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 vlan database vlan . default-vlan disable interface vlan interface range vlan name switchport access vlan switchport trunk allowed vlan switchport trunk native vlan switchport general allowed vlan . switchport general pvid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 switchport general ingress-filtering disable switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only . switchport forbidden vlan . . . . . . . . . 347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 map protocol protocols-group switchport general map protocols-group vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 show vlan protocols-groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 show interfaces switchport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 ip internal-usage-vlan show vlan . show vlan internal usage switchport mode . switchport customer vlan 31 Web Server ip http server D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A R Y 9 / 1 2 / 0 6 – F O R P R O O F O N LY 17 ip http port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ip https server . ip https port 357 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 crypto certificate generate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 crypto certificate export pkcs12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 crypto certificate import pkcs12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 crypto certificate request crypto certificate import ip https certificate . show crypto certificate mycertificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 show ip http . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 show ip https . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 32 802.1x Commands aaa authentication dot1x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 dot1x system-auto-control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 dot1x port-control dot1x re-authentication dot1x timeout re-authperiod dot1x re-authenticate dot1x timeout quiet-period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 dot1x timeout tx-period dot1x max-req . dot1x timeout supp-timeout dot1x timeout server-timeout . show dot1x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 show dot1x users D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A R Y 9 / 1 2 / 0 6 – F O R P R O O F O N LY 18 show dot1x statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADVANCED FEATURES . dot1x auth-not-req . 382 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 dot1x multiple-hosts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dot1x single-host-violation . show dot1x advanced 385 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A R Y 9 / 1 2 / 0 6 – F O R P R O O F O N LY 19 D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A R Y 9 / 1 2 / 0 6 – F O R P R O O F O N LY 20 Command Groups Introduction The Command Language Interface (CLI) is a network management application operated through an ASCII terminal without the use of a Graphic User Interface (GUI) driven software application. By directly entering commands, you have greater configuration flexibility. The CLI is a basic command-line interpreter similar to the UNIX C shell. A device can be configured and maintained by entering commands from the CLI, which is based solely on textual input and output with commands being entered from a terminal keyboard and the output displayed as text via a terminal monitor. The CLI can be accessed from a VT100 terminal connected to the console port of the device or through a Telnet connection from a remote host. This guide describes how the Command Line Interface (CLI) is structured, describes the command syntax, and describes the command functionality. This guide also provides information for configuring the PowerConnect switch, details the procedures and provides configuration examples. Basic installation configuration is described in the User’s Guide and must be completed before using this document. Command Groups The system commands can be broken down into the functional groups shown below. Command Group Description AAA Configures connection security including authorization and passwords. Address Table Configures bridging address tables. Configuration and Image Files Manages the device configuration files. Clock Configures clock commands on the device. Ethernet Configuration Configures all port configuration options for example ports, storm control, port speed and auto-negotiation. GVRP Configures and displays GVRP configuration and information. IGMP Snooping Configures IGMP snooping and displays IGMP configuration and IGMP information. IP Addressing Configures and manages IP addresses on the device. LACP Configures and displays LACP information. Line Configures the console and remote Telnet connection. LLDP Configures and displays LLDP information. Management ACL Configures and displays management access-list information. Command Groups 21 www.dell.com | support.dell.com 22 PHY Diagnostics Diagnoses and displays the interface status. Port Channel Configures and displays Port channel information. Port Monitor Monitors activity on specific target ports. QoS Configures and displays QoS information. RADIUS Configures and displays RADIUS information. RMON Displays RMON statistics. SNMP Configures SNMP communities, traps and displays SNMP information. Spanning Tree Configures and reports on Spanning Tree protocol SSH Configures SSH authentication. Syslog Commands Manages and displays syslog messages. System Management Configures the device clock, name and authorized users. TACACS Configures TACACS commands User Interface Describes user commands used for entering CLI commands. VLAN Configures VLANs and displays VLAN information. Web Server Configures Web based access to the device. 802.1x Configures commands related to 802.1x security protocol. Command Groups AAA Commands Command Group Description Access Mode aaa authentication login Defines login authentication. Global Configuration aaa authentication enable Defines authentication method lists for accessing higher Global privilege levels. Configuration login authentication Specifies the login authentication method list for a remote telnet or console. enable authentication Specifies the authentication method list when accessing Line a higher privilege level from a remote telnet or console. Configuration ip http authentication Specifies authentication methods for http. Global Configuration ip https authentication Specifies authentication methods for https. Global Configuration show authentication methods Displays information about the authentication methods. Privileged User EXEC password Specifies a password on a line. Line Configuration enable password Sets a local password to control access to normal and privilege levels. Global Configuration username Establishes a username-based authentication system. Global Configuration show users accounts Displays information about the local user database. Privileged User EXEC Global Configuration Address Table Commands Command Group Description Access Mode bridge address Adds a static MAC-layer station source address to the bridge table. VLAN Configuration bridge multicast filtering Enables filtering of multicast addresses. Global Configuration bridge multicast address Registers MAC-layer multicast addresses to the bridge table, and adds static ports to the group. VLAN Configuration bridge multicast forbidden address Forbids adding a specific multicast address to specific ports. VLAN Configuration Command Groups 23 www.dell.com | support.dell.com bridge multicast forwardall Enables forwarding of all multicast frames on a port. VLAN Configuration bridge multicast forbidden forward-all Enables forbidding forwarding of all multicast frames to a port. VLAN Configuration bridge aging-time Sets the address table aging time. Global Configuration clear bridge Removes any learned entries from the forwarding database. Privileged User EXEC port security Disables new address learning on an interface. Interface Configuration port security routed secure-address Adds MAC-layer secure addresses to a routed port. Interface Configuration show bridge address-table Displays dynamically created entries in the bridgeforwarding database. Privileged User EXEC show bridge address-table static Displays statically created entries in the bridgeforwarding database. Privileged User EXEC show bridge address-table count Displays the number of addresses present in all or at a specific VLAN. Privileged User EXEC show bridge multicast address-table Displays statically created entries in the bridgeforwarding database. Privileged User EXEC show bridge multicast filtering Displays the multicast filtering configuration. Privileged User EXEC show ports security Displays the port-lock status. Privileged User EXEC Clock Commands 24 Command Group Description Access Mode clock set Manually sets the system clock. Privileged User EXEC clock source Configures an external time source for the system clock. Privileged User EXEC clock timezone Sets the time zone for display purposes. Global Configuration clock summer-time Configures the system to automatically switch to summer time (daylight saving time). Global Configuration sntp authentication-key Defines an authentication key for Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP). Global Configuration Command Groups sntp authenticate Grants authentication for received Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic from servers. Global Configuration sntp trusted-key Authenticates the identity of a system to which Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) will synchronize. Global Configuration sntp client poll timer Sets the polling time for the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client. Global Configuration sntp broadcast client enable Enables the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) broadcast clients. Global Configuration sntp anycast client enable Enables Anycast clients. Global Configuration sntp client enable (interface) Enables the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client on an interface. Interface Configuration sntp unicast client enable Enables the device to use the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) to request and accept Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic from servers. Global Configuration sntp unicast client poll Enables polling for the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) predefined unicast clients. Global Configuration sntp server Configures the device to use the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) to request and accept Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic from a server. Global Configuration show clock Displays the time and date from the system clock. User EXEC show sntp configuration Shows the configuration of the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP). Privileged User EXEC show sntp status Shows the status of the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP). Privileged User EXEC Configuration and Image Files Commands Command Group Description Access Mode delete startup-config Deletes the startup-config file. Privileged User EXEC copy Copies files from a source to a destination. Privileged User EXEC boot system Specifies the system image that the device loads at startup. Privileged User EXEC Command Groups 25 www.dell.com | support.dell.com show running-config Displays the contents of the currently running configuration file. Privileged User EXEC show startup-config Displays the startup configuration file contents. Privileged User EXEC show backup-config Displays the backup configuration file contents. Privileged User EXEC show bootvar Displays the active system image file that the device loads at startup. Privileged User EXEC Ethernet Configuration Commands 26 Command Group Description Access Mode interface ethernet Enters the interface configuration mode to configure an Ethernet type interface. Global Configuration interface range ethernet Enters the interface configuration mode to configure multiple Ethernet type interfaces. Global Configuration shutdown Disables interfaces. Interface Configuration description Adds a description to an interface. Interface Configuration speed Configures the speed of a given Ethernet interface when not using auto-negotiation. Interface Configuration duplex Configures the full/half duplex operation of a given Ethernet interface when not using auto-negotiation. Interface Configuration negotiation Enables auto-negotiation operation for the speed and duplex parameters of a given interface. Interface Configuration flowcontrol Configures the Flow Control on a given interface. Interface Configuration mdix Enables automatic crossover on a given interface. Interface Configuration back-pressure Enables Back Pressure on a given interface. Interface Configuration port jumbo-frame Enables jumbo frames for the device. Global Configuration clear counters Clears statistics on an interface. User EXEC Command Groups set interface active Reactivates an interface that was suspended by the system. Privileged User EXEC show interfaces configuration Displays the configuration for all configured interfaces. User EXEC show interfaces status Displays the status for all configured interfaces. User EXEC show interfaces description Displays the description for all configured interfaces. User EXEC show interfaces counters Displays traffic seen by the physical interface. User EXEC show ports jumbo-frame Displays the jumbo frames configuration. User EXEC port storm-control include-multicast Enables the device to count multicast packets. Global Configuration port storm-control broadcast enable Enables broadcast storm control. Interface Configuration port storm-control broadcast rate Configures the maximum broadcast rate. Interface Configuration show ports storm-control Displays the storm control configuration. Privileged User EXEC Command Group Description Mode gvrp enable (global) Enables GVRP globally. Global Configuration gvrp enable (interface) Enables GVRP on an interface. Interface Configuration garp timer Adjusts the GARP application join, leave, and leaveall GARP timer values. Interface Configuration gvrp vlan-creation-forbid Enables or disables dynamic VLAN creation. Interface Configuration gvrp registration-forbid De-registers all VLANs, and prevents dynamic VLAN registration on the port. Interface Configuration clear gvrp statistics Clears all the GVRP statistics information. Privileged User EXEC show gvrp configuration Displays GVRP configuration information. User EXEC show gvrp statistics Displays GVRP statistics. User EXEC show gvrp error-statistics Displays GVRP error statistics. User EXEC GVRP Commands Command Groups 27 www.dell.com | support.dell.com IGMP Snooping Commands Command Group Description Access Mode ip igmp snooping (Global) Enables Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping. Global Configuration ip igmp snooping (Interface) Enables Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping on a specific VLAN. VLAN Configuration ip igmp snooping mrouter Enables automatic learning of multicast router ports in the context of a specific VLAN. VLAN Configuration ip igmp snooping hosttime-out Configures the host-time-out. VLAN Configuration ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out Configures the mrouter-time-out. VLAN Configuration ip igmp snooping leavetime-out Configures the leave-time-out. VLAN Configuration show ip igmp snooping mrouter Displays information on dynamically learned multicast router interfaces. User EXEC show ip igmp snooping interface Displays IGMP snooping configuration. User EXEC show ip igmp snooping groups Displays multicast groups learned by IGMP snooping. User EXEC Command Group Description Access Mode clear host dhcp Sets an IP address on the device. Interface Configuration ip address Sets an IP address Interface Configuration ip address dhcp Acquires an IP address on an interface from the DHCP server. Interface Configuration ip default-gateway Defines a default gateway (router) Global Configuration show ip interface Displays the usability status of interfaces configured for IP. User EXEC arp Adds a permanent entry in the ARP cache. Global Configuration IP Addressing 28 Command Groups arp timeout Configures how long an entry remains in the ARP cache Global Configuration clear arp-cache Deletes all dynamic entries from the ARP cache. Privileged User EXEC show arp Displays entries in the ARP table. Privileged User EXEC ip domain-lookup Enables the IP Domain Naming System (DNS)-based host name-to-address translation. Global Configuration ip domain-name Defines a default domain name, that the software uses to complete unqualified host names. Global Configuration ip name-server Sets the available name servers. Global Configuration ip host Defines static host name-to-address mapping in the host cache. Global Configuration clear host Deletes entries from the host name-to-address cache Privileged User EXEC show hosts Displays the default domain name, a list of name server hosts, the static and cached list of host names and addresses. User EXEC Command Group Description Access Mode lacp system-priority Configures the system LACP priority. Global Configuration lacp port-priority Configures the priority value for physical ports. Interface Configuration lacp timeout Assigns an administrative LACP timeout. Interface Configuration show lacp ethernet Displays LACP information for Ethernet ports. User EXEC show lacp port-channel Displays LACP information for a port-channel. User EXEC Command Group Description Access Mode line Identifies a specific line for configuration and enters the line configuration command mode. Global Configuration LACP Commands Line Commands Command Groups 29 www.dell.com | support.dell.com speed Sets the line baud rate. Line Configuration autobaud Sets the line for automatic baud rate detection Line Configuration exec-timeout Configures the interval that the system waits until user input is detected. Line Configuration show line Displays line parameters. User EXEC LLDP Commands 30 Command Group Description Access Mode lldp enable (global) Enables Link Layer Discovery Protocol. Global configuration lldp enable (interface) Enables Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) on an interface. Interface configuration (Ethernet) lldp timer Specifies how often the software sends Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) updates. Global configuration lldp hold-multiplier Specifies the amount of time the receiving device should hold a Link Layer Discovery Protocol packet before discarding it. Global configuration lldp reinit-delay Specifies the minimum time an LLDP port will wait before reinitializing LLDP transmission. Global configuration lldp tx-delay Specifies the delay between successive LLDP frame transmissions initiated by value/status changes in the LLDP local systems MIB. Global configuration lldp optional-tlv Specifies which optional TLVs from the basic set should be transmitted. Interface configuration (Ethernet) lldp managementaddress Specifies the management address that would be advertised from an interface. Interface configuration (Ethernet) clear lldp rx Restarts the LLDP RX state machine and clears the neighbors table. Privileged EXEC show lldp configuration Displays the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuration. Privileged EXEC show lldp local Displays the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) information that is advertised from a specific port. Privileged EXEC Command Groups show lldp neighbors Displays information about discovered neighboring devices using Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). Privileged EXEC Management ACL Commands Command Group Description Access Mode management accesslist Defines a management access-list, and enters the accesslist for configuration. Global Configuration permit (management) Defines a permit rule. Management Access-level deny (management) Defines a deny rule. Management Access-level management accessclass Defines which management access-list is used. Global Configuration show management access-list Displays management access-lists. Privileged User EXEC show management access-class Displays the active management access-list. Privileged User EXEC PHY Diagnostics Commands Command Group Description Access Mode test copper-port tdr Diagnoses with TDR (Time Domain Reflectometry) technology the quality and characteristics of a copper cable attached to a port. Privileged User EXEC show copper-ports tdr Displays the last TDR (Time Domain Reflectometry) tests on specified ports. Privileged User EXEC show copper-ports cable-length Displays the estimated copper cable length attached to a port. Privileged User EXEC show fiber-ports optical-transceiver Displays the optical transceiver diagnostics. Privileged User EXEC Command Groups 31 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Port Channel Commands Command Group Description Access Mode interface port-channel Enters the interface configuration mode of a specific port-channel. Global Configuration interface range portchannel Enters the interface configuration mode to configure multiple port-channels. Global Configuration channel-group Associates a port with a port-channel. Interface Configuration port channel load balance Configures the load balancing policy of the port channeling Global Configuration show interfaces portchannel Displays port-channel information. User EXEC Port Monitor Commands Command Group Description Access Mode port monitor Starts a port monitoring session. Interface Configuration show ports monitor Displays the port monitoring status. User EXEC QoS Commands 32 Command Group Description Access Mode qos Enables quality of service (QoS) on the device and enters QoS basic or advance mode. Global Configuration show qos Displays the QoS status. User EXEC wrr-queue cos-map Maps assigned CoS values to select one of the egress queues. Global Configuration wrr-queue bandwidth Assigns Weighted Round Robin (WRR) weights to egress queues. Interface Configuration priority-queue out numof-queues Enables the egress queues to be expedite queues. Global Configuration show qos interface Displays interface QoS data. User EXEC qos map dscp-queue Modifies the DSCP to CoS map. Global Configuration Command Groups qos trust (Global) Configures the system to basic mode and the "trust" state. Global Configuration qos trust (Interface) Enables each port trust state Interface Configuration qos cos Configures the default port CoS value. Interface Configuration show qos map Displays all the maps for QoS. User EXEC Radius Commands Command Group Description Access Mode radius-server host Specifies a RADIUS server host. Global Configuration radius-server key Sets the authentication and encryption key for all RADIUS communications between the router and the RADIUS daemon. Global Configuration radius-server retransmit Specifies the number of times the software searches the list of RADIUS server hosts. Global Configuration radius-server source-ip Specifies the source IP address used for communication with RADIUS servers. Global Configuration radius-server timeout Sets the interval for which a router waits for a server host to reply. Global Configuration radius-server deadtime Improves RADIUS response times when servers are unavailable. Global Configuration show radius-servers Displays the RADIUS server settings. Privileged User EXEC Command Groups 33 www.dell.com | support.dell.com RMON Commands Command Group Description Mode show rmon statistics Displays RMON Ethernet Statistics. User EXEC rmon collection history Enables a Remote Monitoring (RMON) MIB history statistics group on an interface. Interface Configuration show rmon collection history Displays the requested history group configuration. User EXEC show rmon history Displays RMON Ethernet Statistics history. User EXEC rmon alarm Configures alarm conditions. Global Configuration show rmon alarm-table Displays the alarms summary table. User EXEC show rmon alarm Displays alarm configurations. User EXEC rmon event Configures a RMON event. Global Configuration show rmon events Displays the RMON event table. User EXEC show rmon log Displays the RMON logging table. User EXEC rmon table-size Configures the maximum RMON tables sizes. Global Configuration Command Group Description Access Mode snmp-server community Sets up the community access string to permit access to SNMP protocol. Global Configuration snmp-server view Creates or update a view entry, Global Configuration snmp-server filter Create or update a filter entry, Global Configuration snmp-server contact Sets up a system contact. Global Configuration snmp-server location Sets up the information on where the device is located. Global Configuration snmp-server enable traps Enables the switch to send SNMP traps or SNMP notifications. Global Configuration snmp-server trap authentication Enables the switch to send Simple Network Management Protocol traps when authentication failed. Global Configuration SNMP Commands 34 Command Groups snmp-server host Specifies the recipient of Simple Network Management Protocol notification operation, Global Configuration snmp-server set Sets SNMP MIB value by the CLI. Global Configuration snmp-server group Configures a new Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) group, or a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views. Global Configuration snmp-server user Configure a new SNMP Version 3 user. Global Configuration snmp-server v3-host Specifies the recipient of Simple Network Management Protocol Version 3 notifications. Global Configuration snmp-server engineID local Specifies the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) engineID on the local device. Global Configuration show snmp engineid Displays the ID of the local Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) engine. Privileged User EXEC show snmp Displays the SNMP status.. Privileged User EXEC show snmp views Displays the configuration of views. Privileged User EXEC show snmp groups Displays the configuration of groups. Privileged User EXEC show snmp filters Displays the configuration of filters. Privileged User EXEC show snmp users Displays the configuration of groups. Privileged User EXEC Spanning Tree Commands Command Group Description Access Mode spanning-tree Enables spanning tree functionality. Global Configuration spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning tree protocol. Global Configuration spanning-tree forwardtime Configures the spanning tree bridge forward time. Global Configuration spanning-tree hello-time Configures the spanning tree bridge Hello Time. Global Configuration spanning-tree max-age Configures the spanning tree bridge maximum age. Global Configuration Command Groups 35 www.dell.com | support.dell.com spanning-tree priority Configures the spanning tree priority. Global Configuration spanning-tree disable Disables spanning tree on a specific port. Interface Configuration spanning-tree cost Configures the spanning tree path cost for a port. Interface Configuration spanning-tree portpriority Configures port priority. Interface Configuration spanning-tree portfast Enables PortFast mode. Interface Configuration spanning-tree mst priority Configures the device priority for the specified spanning-tree instance Global Configuration spanning-tree mst maxhops Configures the number of hops in an MST region before the BDPU is discarded and the port information is aged out. Global Configuration spanning-tree mst portpriority Configures port priority for the specified MST instance. Interface Configuration sspanning-tree mst cost Configures the path cost for multiple spanning tree (MST) calculations. Interface Configuration spanning-tree mst configuration Enables configuring an MST region by entering the Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) mode. Global Configuration instance (mst) Maps VLANS to an MST instance. MST Configuration mode name (mst) Defines the configuration name. MST Configuration mode revision (mst) Defines the configuration revision number. MST Configuration mode show (mst) Displays the current or pending MST region MST Configuration mode configuration. exit (mst) Exits the MST configuration mode and applies all configuration changes. abort (mst) Exits the MST configuration mode without applying the configuration changes 36 Command Groups MST Configuration mode MST Configuration mode spanning-tree link-type Overrides the default link-type setting. Interface Configuration spanning-tree pathcost method Sets the default path cost method. Global Configuration spanning-tree bpdu Defines BPDU handling when spanning tree is disabled on an interface. Global Configuration clear spanning-tree detected-protocols Restarts the protocol migration process on all interfaces or on the specified interface. Privileged User EXEC show spanning-tree Displays spanning tree configuration. Privileged User EXEC spanning-tree mst mstprstp Configure the switch to convert STP/RSTP packets to MSTP instances. Global Configuration Spanning-tree guard root Enables root guard on all the spanning tree instances on that interface. Interface Configuration SSH Commands Command Group Description Access Mode ip ssh port Specifies the port to be used by the SSH server. Global Configuration ip ssh server Enables the device to be configured from a SSH server. Global Configuration crypto key generate dsa Generates DSA key pairs. Global Configuration crypto key generate rsa Generates RSA key pairs. Global Configuration ip ssh pubkey-auth Enables public key authentication for incoming SSH sessions. Global Configuration crypto key pubkey-chain ssh Enters SSH Public Key-chain configuration mode. Global Configuration user-key Specifies which SSH public key is manually configured and enters the SSH public key-string configuration command. SSH Public Key key-string Manually specifies a SSH public key. SSH Public Key show ip ssh Displays the SSH server configuration. Privileged User EXEC show crypto key mypubkey Displays the SSH public keys stored on the device. Privileged User EXEC Command Groups 37 www.dell.com | support.dell.com show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh Displays SSH public keys stored on the device. Privileged User EXEC Command Group Description Access Mode logging on Controls error messages logging. Global Configuration logging Logs messages to a syslog server. Global Configuration logging console Limits messages logged to the console based on severity. Global Configuration logging buffered Limits syslog messages displayed from an internal buffer based on severity. Global Configuration logging buffered size Changes the number of syslog messages stored in the internal buffer. Global Configuration clear logging Clears messages from the internal logging buffer. Privileged User EXEC logging file Limits syslog messages sent to the logging file based on severity. Global Configuration clear logging file Clears messages from the logging file. Privileged User EXEC show logging Displays the state of logging and the syslog messages stored in the internal buffer. Privileged User EXEC show logging file Displays the state of logging and the syslog messages stored in the logging file. Privileged User EXEC show syslog-servers Displays the syslog servers settings. Privileged User EXEC Syslog Commands 38 Command Groups System Management Commands Command Group Description Access Mode ping Sends ICMP echo request packets to another node on the network. User EXEC traceroute Discovers the routes that packets will actually take when traveling to their destination. User EXEC telnet Logs in to a host that supports Telnet. User EXEC resume Switches to another open Telnet session User EXEC reload Reloads the operating system Privileged User EXEC hostname Specifies or modifies the device host name. Global Configuration show users Displays information about the active users. User EXEC show sessions Lists the open Telnet sessions. User EXEC show system Displays system information. User EXEC show version Displays the system version information. User EXEC asset-tag Specifies the device asset-tag. Global Configuration show system id Displays the service ID information. User EXEC TACACS Commands Command Group Description Mode tacacs-server host Specifies a TACACS+ host. Global Configuration tacacs-server key Sets the authentication encryption key used for all TACACS+ communications between the device and the TACACS+ daemon. Global Configuration tacacs-server source-ip Specifies the source IP address that will be used for the communication with TACACS servers. Global Configuration tacacs-server timeout Sets the timeout value. Global Configuration show tacacs Displays configuration and statistics for a TACACS+ servers. Privileged User EXEC Command Groups 39 www.dell.com | support.dell.com User Interface Commands Command Group Description Access Mode enable Enters the privileged EXEC mode. All disable Returns to User EXEC mode. All login Changes a login username. All configure Enables the global configuration mode All exit(configuration) Exits any configuration mode to the next highest mode in the CLI mode hierarchy. All exit(EXEC) Closes an active terminal session by logging off the device. All end Ends the current configuration session and returns to the previous command mode. All help Displays a brief description of the help system. All history Enables the command history function. All history size Changes the command history buffer size for a particular line. All debug-mode Switches the mode to debug. All show history Lists the commands entered in the current session. All show privilege Displays the current privilege level. All VLAN Commands 40 Command Group Description Access Mode vlan database Enters the VLAN database configuration mode. Global Configuration vlan Creates a VLAN. VLAN Configuration default-vlan disable Disables the default VLAN functionality. VLAN Configuration interface vlan Enters the interface configuration (VLAN) mode. Global Configuration interface range vlan Enters the interface configuration mode to configure multiple VLANs. Global Configuration name Configures a name to a VLAN. Interface Configuration Command Groups switchport access vlan Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port. Interface Configuration switchport access vlan Configures the VLAN ID when the interface is in access mode. Interface Configuration switchport trunk allowed vlan Adds or removes VLANs from a port in general mode. Interface Configuration switchport trunk native vlan Defines the port as a member of the specified VLAN, and the VLAN ID is the "port default VLAN ID (PVID)". Interface Configuration switchport general allowed vlan Adds or removes VLANs from a general port. Interface Configuration switchport general pvid Configures the PVID when the interface is in general mode. Interface Configuration switchport general ingress-filtering disable Disables port ingress filtering. Interface Configuration switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only Discards untagged frames at ingress. Interface Configuration switchport forbidden vlan Forbids adding specific VLANs to a port. Interface Configuration map protocol protocols-group Adds a special protocol to a named group of protocols, which may be used for protocol-based VLAN assignment. VLAN Configuration switchport general map protocols-group vlan Sets a protocol-based classification rule. Interface Configuration ip internal-usage-vlan Reserves a VLAN as the internal usage VLAN of an interface. Interface Configuration show vlan Displays VLAN information. Privileged User EXEC show vlan internal usage Displays a list of VLANs being used internally by the switch. Privileged User EXEC show vlan protocolsgroups Displays protocols-groups information. Privileged User EXEC show interfaces switchport Displays switchport configuration. Privileged User EXEC switchport mode Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port Interface configuration (Ethernet, portchannel) Command Groups 41 www.dell.com | support.dell.com switchport customer vlan Sets the port's VLAN when the interface is in customer mode. Interface configuration (Ethernet, portchannel) Web Server Commands 42 Command Group Description Access Mode ip http server Enables the device to be configured from a browser. Global Configuration ip http port Specifies the TCP port for use by a web browser to configure the device. Global Configuration ip https port Configures a TCP port for use by a secure web browser to configure the device. Global Configuration ip https server Enables the device to be configured from a secured browser. Global Configuration crypto certificate generate Generates a HTTPS certificate. Global Configuration crypto certificate request Generates and displays certificate requests for HTTPS. Privileged User EXEC crypto certificate import Imports a certificate signed by Certification Authority for HTTPS. Global Configuration ip https certificate Configures the active certificate for HTTPS. Global Configuration crypto certificate export pkcs12 Exports the certificate and the RSA keys within a PKCS12 file Privileged User EXEC show ip http Displays the HTTP server configuration. Privileged User EXEC show ip https Displays the HTTPS server configuration. Privileged User EXEC show crypto certificate mycertificate Displays the SSL certificates of the device Privileged User EXEC Command Groups 802.1x Commands Command Description Access Mode aaa authentication dot1x Specifies one or more authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) methods for use on interfaces running IEEE 802.1X. Global Configuration dot1x system-autocontrol Enables 802.1x globally. Global Configuration dot1x port-control Enables manual control of the authorization state of the port Interface Configuration dot1x re-authentication Enables periodic re-authentication of the client. Interface Configuration dot1x timeout reauthperiod Sets the number of seconds between re-authentication attempts. Interface Configuration dot1x re-authenticate Manually initiates a re-authentication of all 802.1Xenabled ports or the specified 802.1X-enabled port. Privileged User EXEC dot1x timeout quietperiod Sets the number of seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state following a failed authentication exchange. Interface Configuration dot1x timeout tx-period Sets the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) - request/identity frame, from the client, before resending the request. Interface Configuration dot1x max-req Sets the maximum number of times that the switch sends an EAP - request/identity frame to the client, before restarting the authentication process. Interface Configuration dot1x timeout supptimeout Sets the time for the retransmission of an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request frame to the client. Interface Configuration dot1x timeout servertimeout Sets the time for the retransmission of packets to the authentication server. Interface Configuration show dot1x Allows multiple hosts on an 802.1X-authorized port, that has the dot1x port-control interface configuration command set to auto. Interface Configuration show dot1x users Displays 802.1X statistics for the specified interface. Privileged User EXEC show dot1x statistics Displays 802.1X statistics for the specified interface. Privileged User EXEC Command Groups 43 44 Command Groups www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes GC (Global Configuration) Mode Command Description aaa authentication enable Defines authentication method lists for accessing higher privilege levels. aaa authentication login Defines login authentication. aaa authentication dot1x Specifies one or more authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) methods for use on interfaces running IEEE 802.1X. arp Adds a permanent entry in the ARP cache. arp timeout Configures how long an entry remains in the ARP cache asset-tag Specifies the device asset-tag. bridge aging-time Sets the address table aging time. bridge multicast filtering Enables filtering of multicast addresses. clock source Configures an external time source for the system clock. clock timezone Sets the time zone for display purposes clock summer-time Configures the system to automatically switch to summer time (daylight saving time). crypto certificate generate Generates a HTTPS certificate. crypto certificate import Imports a certificate signed by Certification Authority for HTTPS. crypto key generate dsa Generates DSA key pairs. crypto key generate rsa Generates RSA key pairs. crypto key pubkey-chain ssh Enters SSH Public Key-chain configuration mode. dot1x system-auto-control Enables 802.1x globally. enable password Sets a local password to control access to normal and privilege levels. end Ends the current configuration session and returns to the previous command mode. gvrp enable (global) Enables GVRP globally. hostname Specifies or modifies the device host name. interface ethernet Enters the interface configuration mode to configure an Ethernet type interface. interface port-channel Enters the interface configuration mode of a specific port-channel. Command Modes 45 www.dell.com | support.dell.com 46 interface range ethernet Enters the interface configuration mode to configure multiple ethernet type interfaces. interface range port-channel Enters the interface configuration mode to configure multiple portchannels. interface range vlan Enters the interface configuration mode to configure multiple VLANs. interface vlan Enters the interface configuration (VLAN) mode. ip default-gateway Defines a default gateway. ip domain-lookup Enables the IP Domain Naming System (DNS)-based host name-toaddress translation. ip domain-name Defines a default domain name, that the software uses to complete unqualified host names. ip host Defines static host name-to-address mapping in the host cache. ip http authentication Specifies authentication methods for http. ip http port Specifies the TCP port for use by a web browser to configure the device. ip http server Enables the device to be configured from a browser. ip https authentication Specifies authentication methods for https ip https certificate Configures the active certificate for HTTPS. Use the no form of this command to return to default. ip https server Enables the device to be configured from a secured browser. ip https port Configures a TCP port for use by a secure web browser to configure the device. ip igmp snooping (Global) Enables Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping ip name-server Sets the available name servers. ip ssh port Specifies the port to be used by the SSH server. ip ssh pubkey-auth Enables public key authentication for incoming SSH sessions. ip ssh server Enables the device to be configured from a SSH server. lacp system-priority Configures the system LACP priority. line Identifies a specific line for configuration and enters the line configuration command mode. logging Logs messages to a syslog server. logging buffered Limits syslog messages displayed from an internal buffer based on severity. logging buffered size Changes the number of syslog messages stored in the internal buffer. logging console Limits messages logged to the console based on severity. Command Modes logging file Limits syslog messages sent to the logging file based on severity. logging on Controls error messages logging. login authentication Specifies the login authentication method list for a remote telnet or console. management access-class Defines which management access-list is used. management access-list Defines a management access-list, and enters the access-list for configuration. port jumbo-frame Enables jumbo frames for the device. port storm-control includemulticast Enables the device to count multicast packets. priority-queue out num-ofqueues Enables the egress queues to be expedite queues. qos Enables quality of service (QoS) on the device and enters QoS basic or advance mode. qos map dscp-queue Modifies the DSCP to CoS map. qos trust (Global) Configure the system to "trust" state. radius-server deadtime Improves RADIUS response times when servers are unavailable. radius-server host Specifies a RADIUS server host. radius-server key Sets the authentication and encryption key for all RADIUS communications between the router and the RADIUS daemon. radius-server retransmit Specifies the number of times the software searches the list of RADIUS server hosts. radius-server source-ip Specifies the source IP address used for communication with RADIUS servers. radius-server timeout Sets the interval for which a router waits for a server host to reply. rmon alarm Configures alarm conditions. rmon event Configures a RMON event. rmon table-size Configures the maximum RMON tables sizes. snmp-server community Sets up the community access string to permit access to SNMP protocol. snmp-server contact Sets up a system contact. snmp-server enable traps Enables the switch to send SNMP traps or SNMP notifications. snmp-server host Specifies the recipient of Simple Network Management Protocol notification operation. snmp-server location Sets up the information on where the device is located. Command Modes 47 www.dell.com | support.dell.com snmp-server set Sets SNMP MIB value by the CLI. snmp-server trap authentication Enables the switch to send Simple Network Management Protocol traps when authentication failed. sntp authenticate Grants authentication for received Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic from servers. sntp authentication-key Defines an authentication key for Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP). spanning-tree Enables spanning tree functionality. spanning-tree bpdu Defines BPDU handling when spanning tree is disabled on an interface spanning-tree forward-time Configures the spanning tree bridge forward time. spanning-tree hello-time Configures the spanning tree bridge Hello Time. spanning-tree max-age Configures the spanning tree bridge maximum age. spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning tree protocol. spanning-tree pathcost method Sets the default pathcost method. spanning-tree priority Configures the spanning tree priority. tacacs-server key Sets the authentication encryption key used for all TACACS+ communications between the device and the TACACS+ daemon. tacacs-server source-ip Specifies the source IP address that will be used for the communication with TACACS servers. tacacs-server timeout Sets the timeout value. tacacs-server host Specifies a TACACS+ host. username Establishes a username-based authentication system. vlan database Enters the VLAN database configuration mode. wrr-queue cos-map Maps assigned CoS values to select one of the egress queues. IC (Interface Configuration) Mode 48 Command Description back-pressure Enables Back Pressure on a given interface. channel-group Associates a port with a Port-channel. clear host dhcp Sets an IP address on the device. description Adds a description to an interface. dot1x auth-not-req Enables unauthorized users access to that VLAN Command Modes dot1x max-req Sets the maximum number of times that the switch sends an EAP request/identity frame to the client, before restarting the authentication process. show dot1x Allows multiple hosts on an 802.1X-authorized port, that has the dot1x port-control interface configuration command set to auto. dot1x port-control Enables manual control of the authorization state of the port dot1x re-authentication Enables periodic re-authentication of the client. dot1x single-host-violation Configures the action to be taken, when a station whose MAC address is not the supplicant MAC address, attempts to access the interface. dot1x timeout quiet-period Sets the number of seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state following a failed authentication exchange. dot1x timeout re-authperiod Sets the number of seconds between re-authentication attempts. dot1x timeout server-timeout Sets the time for the retransmission of packets to the authentication server dot1x timeout supp-timeout Sets the time for the retransmission of an EAP-request frame to the client. dot1x timeout tx-period Sets the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) - request/identity frame, from the client, before resending the request. show dot1x Sets the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an EAP request/identity frame, from the client, before resending the request. duplex Configures the full/half duplex operation of a given ethernet interface when not using auto-negotiation. flowcontrol Configures the Flow Control on a given interface. garp timer Adjusts the GARP application join, leave, and leaveall GARP timer values. gvrp enable (interface) Enables GVRP on an interface. gvrp registration-forbid De-registers all VLANs, and prevents dynamic VLAN registration on the port. gvrp vlan-creation-forbid Enables or disables dynamic VLAN creation. ip address Sets an IP address ip address dhcp Acquires an IP address on an interface from the DHCP server. ip internal-usage-vlan Reserves a VLAN as the internal usage VLAN of an interface. lacp port-priority Configures the priority value for physical ports. lacp timeout Assigns an administrative LACP timeout. mdix Enables automatic crossover on a given interface. Command Modes 49 www.dell.com | support.dell.com name Configures a name to a VLAN. negotiation Enables auto-negotiation operation for the speed and duplex parameters of a given interface. port monitor Starts a port monitoring session. port security Disables new address learning on an interface. port security routed secureaddress Adds MAC-layer secure addresses to a routed port. port storm-control broadcast enable Enables broadcast storm control. port storm-control broadcast rate Configures the maximum broadcast rate. qos cos Configures the default port CoS value. qos trust (Interface) Enables each port trust state while the system is in basic mode. rmon collection history Enables a Remote Monitoring (RMON) MIB history statistics group on an interface. shutdown Disables interfaces. sntp client enable (interface) Enables the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client on an interface. spanning-tree cost Configures the spanning tree path cost for a port. spanning-tree disable Disables spanning tree on a specific port. spanning-tree link-type Overrides the default link-type setting. spanning-tree portfast Enables PortFast mode. spanning-tree port-priority Configures port priority. speed Configures the speed of a given ethernet interface when not using autonegotiation. qos map dscp-queue Defines the wrr-queue mechanism on an egress queue. wrr-queue bandwidth Assigns Weighted Round Robin (WRR) weights to egress queues. LC (Line Configuration) Mode 50 Command Description enable authentication Specifies the authentication method list when accessing a higher privilege level from a remote telnet or console. exec-timeout Configures the interval that the system waits until user input is detected. history Enables the command history function. Command Modes history size Changes the command history buffer size for a particular line. password Specifies a password on a line. autobaud Sets the line for automatic baud rate detection speed Sets the line baud rate. MA (Management Access-level) Mode Command Description deny (management) Defines a deny rule. permit (management) Defines a permit rule. PE (Privileged User EXEC) Mode Command Description show dot1x users Displays 802.1X statistics for the specified interface. boot system Specifies the system image that the device loads at startup. clear arp-cache Deletes all dynamic entries from the ARP cache. clear bridge Removes any learned entries from the forwarding database. clear gvrp statistics Clears all the GVRP statistics information. clear host Deletes entries from the host name-to-address cache clear host dhcp Deletes entries from the host name-to-address mapping received from Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). clear logging Clears messages from the internal logging buffer. clear logging file Clears messages from the logging file clear spanning-tree detectedprotocols Restarts the protocol migration process on all interfaces or on the specified interface. clock set Manually sets the system clock. configure Enters the global configuration mode. copy Copies files from a source to a destination. crypto certificate request Generates and displays certificate requests for HTTPS. dot1x re-authenticate Manually initiates a re-authentication of all 802.1X-enabled ports or the specified 802.1X-enabled port. login Returns to User EXEC mode. reload Reloads the operating system. Command Modes 51 www.dell.com | support.dell.com 52 set interface active Reactivates an interface that was suspended by the system. show arp Displays entries in the ARP table. show authentication methods Displays information about the authentication methods. show bootvar Displays the active system image file that the device loads at startup show bridge address-table Displays dynamically created entries in the bridge-forwarding database. show bridge address-table count Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or at specific VLAN. show bridge multicast addresstable Displays statically created entries in the bridge-forwarding database. show bridge multicast addresstable Displays multicast MAC address table information. show bridge multicast filtering Displays the multicast filtering configuration. show copper-ports cablelength Displays the estimated copper cable length attached to a port. show copper-ports tdr Displays the last TDR (Time Domain Reflectometry) tests on specified ports. show crypto key mypubkey Displays the SSH public keys stored on the device. show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh Displays SSH public keys stored on the device. show crypto certificate mycertificate Displays the SSL certificates of the device show dot1x Displays 802.1X status for the switch or for the specified interface. show dot1x advanced Displays 802.1X enhanced features for the switch or for the specified interface. show dot1x users Displays 802.1X users for the switch. show fiber-ports opticaltransceiver Displays the optical transceiver diagnostics. show ip ssh Displays the SSH server configuration. show lacp port-channel Displays LACP information for a port-channel. show logging Displays the state of logging and the syslog messages stored in the internal buffer. show logging file Displays the state of logging and the syslog messages stored in the logging file. show management access-class Displays the active management access-list. show management access-list Displays management access-lists. show ports security Displays the port-lock status. Command Modes show ports storm-control Displays the storm control configuration. show radius-servers Displays the RADIUS server settings. show running-config Displays the contents of the currently running configuration file. show snmp Displays the SNMP status. show spanning-tree Displays spanning tree configuration. show startup-config Displays the startup configuration file contents. show syslog-servers Displays the syslog servers settings. show tacacs Displays configuration and statistics for a TACACS+ servers. show users accounts Displays information about the local user database. test copper-port tdr Diagnoses with TDR (Time Domain Reflectometry) technology the quality and characteristics of a copper cable attached to a port. SP (SSH Public Key) Mode Command Description key-string Manually specifies a SSH public key. user-key Specifies which SSH public key is manually configured and enters the SSH public key-string configuration command UE (User EXEC) Mode Command Description clear counters Clears statistics on an interface. enable Enters the privileged EXEC mode. exit(EXEC) Closes an active terminal session by logging off the device. login Changes a login username. ping Sends ICMP echo request packets to another node on the network. show clock Displays the time and date from the system clock. show gvrp configuration Displays GVRP configuration information. show gvrp error-statistics Displays GVRP error statistics. clear gvrp statistics Displays GVRP statistics. show history Lists the commands entered in the current session. Command Modes 53 www.dell.com | support.dell.com 54 show hosts Displays the default domain name, a list of name server hosts, the static and the cached list of host names and addresses. show interfaces configuration Displays the configuration for all configured interfaces. show interfaces counters Displays traffic seen by the physical interface. show interfaces description Displays the description for all configured interfaces. port channel load balance Displays Port-channel information. show interfaces status Displays the status for all configured interfaces. show ip igmp snooping groups Displays multicast groups learned by IGMP snooping. show ip igmp snooping interface Displays IGMP snooping configuration. show ip igmp snooping mrouter Displays information on dynamically learned multicast router interfaces. show ip interface Displays the usability status of interfaces configured for IP. show lacp ethernet Displays LACP information for Ethernet ports. show line Displays line parameters. show ports jumbo-frame Displays the jumbo frames configuration. show ports monitor Displays the port monitoring status. show privilege Displays the current privilege level. show qos Displays the QoS status. show qos interface Assigns CoS values to select one of the egress queues. show qos map Displays all the maps for QoS. show rmon alarm Displays alarm configurations. show rmon alarm-table Displays the alarms summary table. show rmon collection history Displays the requested history group configuration. show rmon events Displays the RMON event table. show rmon history Displays RMON Ethernet Statistics history. show rmon log Displays the RMON logging table. show rmon statistics Displays RMON Ethernet Statistics. show system Displays system information. show system id Displays the service id information. show users Displays information about the active users. show version Displays the system version information. Command Modes VC (VLAN Configuration) Mode Command Description bridge address Adds a static MAC-layer station source address to the bridge table. bridge multicast address Registers MAC-layer multicast addresses to the bridge table, and adds static ports to the group. bridge multicast forbidden address Forbids adding a specific multicast address to specific ports. bridge multicast forbidden forward-all Enables forbidding forwarding of all multicast frames to a port. bridge multicast forward-all Enables forwarding of all multicast frames on a port. ip igmp snooping (Interface) Enables Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping on a specific VLAN. ip igmp snooping host-timeout Configures the host-time-out. ip igmp snooping leave-timeout Configures the leave-time-out. show ip igmp snooping mrouter Enables automatic learning of multicast router ports in the context of a specific VLAN. ip igmp snooping mroutertime-out Configures the mrouter-time-out. vlan Creates a VLAN. Command Modes 55 56 Command Modes www.dell.com | support.dell.com Using the CLI This chapter describes how to start using the CLI and describes implemented command editing features to assist in using the CLI. CLI Command Modes Introduction To assist in configuring devices, the CLI [Command Line Interface] is divided into different command modes. Each command mode has its own set of specific commands. Entering a question mark "?" at the system prompt (console prompt) displays a list of commands available for that particular command mode. From each mode a specific command is used to navigate from one command mode to another. The standard order to access the modes is as follows: User EXEC mode, Privileged EXEC mode, Global Configuration mode, and Interface Configuration mode. The following figure illustrates the command mode access path. Using the CLI 57 www.dell.com | support.dell.com When starting a session, the initial mode is the User EXEC mode. Only a limited subset of commands are available in User EXEC Mode. This level is reserved for tasks that do not change the configuration. To enter the next level, the Privileged EXEC mode, a password is required. The Privileged mode gives access to commands that are restricted on EXEC mode and provides access to the device Configuration mode. The Global Configuration mode manages the device configuration on a global level. The Interface Configuration mode configures specific interfaces in the device. User EXEC Mode After logging into the device, the user is automatically in User EXEC command mode unless the user is defined as a privileged user. In general, the User EXEC commands allow the user to perform basic tests, and list system information. The user-level prompt consists of the device "host name" followed by the angle bracket (>). console> The default host name is "Console" unless it has been changed using the hostname command in the Global Configuration mode. Privileged EXEC Mode Privileged access is password protected to prevent unauthorized use because many of the privileged commands set operating system parameters: The password is not displayed on the screen and is case sensitive. Privileged users enter directly into the Privileged EXEC mode. To enter the Privileged EXEC mode from the User EXEC mode, perform the following steps: 1 At the prompt enter the command enable and press. A password prompt is displayed. 2 Enter the password and press . The password is displayed as "*". The Privileged EXEC mode prompt is displayed. The Privileged EXEC mode prompt consists of the device "host name" followed by "#". console# To return from Privileged Exec mode to User EXEC mode, type the disable command at the command prompt. 58 Using the CLI The following example illustrates how to access Privileged Exec mode and return back to the User EXEC mode: console>enable Enter Password: ****** console# console#disable console> The Exit command is used to return from any mode to the previous mode except when returning to User EXEC mode from the Privileged EXEC mode. For example, the Exit command is used to return from the Interface Configuration mode to the Global Configuration mode Global Configuration Mode Global Configuration mode commands apply to features that affect the system as a whole, rather than just a specific interface. The Privileged EXEC mode command configure is used to enter the Global Configuration mode. To enter the Global Configuration mode perform the following steps:" 1 At the Privileged EXEC mode prompt enter the command configure and press . The Global Configuration mode prompt is displayed. The Global Configuration mode prompt consists of the device "host name" followed by the word "(config)" and "#". console(config)# To return from the Global Configuration mode to the Privileged EXEC mode, the user can use one of the following commands: • exit • end • Ctrl+Z The following example illustrates how to access Global Configuration mode and returns to the Privileged EXEC mode: console# console#configure console(config)#exit console# Using the CLI 59 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Interface Configuration Mode and Specific Configuration Modes Interface Configuration mode commands are to modify specific interface operations. The following are the Interface Configuration modes: • Line Interface—Contains commands to configure the management connections. These include commands such as line speed, timeout settings, etc. The Global Configuration mode command line is used to enter the Line Configuration command mode. • VLAN Database—Contains commands to create a VLAN as a whole. The Global Configuration mode command vlan database is used to enter the VLAN Database Interface Configuration mode. • Management Access List—Contains commands to define management access-lists. The Global Configuration mode command management access-list is used to enter the Management Access List Configuration mode. • Ethernet—Contains commands to manage port configuration. The Global Configuration mode command interface ethernet is used to enter the Interface Configuration mode to configure an Ethernet type interface. • Port Channel—Contains commands to configure port-channels, for example, assigning ports to a VLAN or port-channel. Most of these commands are the same as the commands in the Ethernet interface mode, and are used to manage the member ports as a single entity. The Global Configuration mode command interface port-channel is used to enter the Port Channel Interface Configuration mode. • SSH Public Key-chain—Contains commands to manually specify other device SSH public keys. The Global Configuration mode command crypto key pubkey-chain ssh is used to enter the SSH Public Key-chain Configuration mode. • Interface—Contains commands that configure the interface. The Global Configuration mode command interface ethernet is used to enter the Interface Configuration mode. • QoS—Contains commands related to service definitions. The Global Configuration mode command qos config-services is used to enter the QoS services configuration mode. Starting the CLI The switch can be managed over a direct connection to the switch console port, or via a Telnet connection. The switch is managed by entering command keywords and parameters at the prompt. Using the switch command-line interface (CLI) is very similar to entering commands on a UNIX system. If access is via a Telnet connection, ensure the device has an IP address defined, corresponding management access is granted, and the workstation used to access the device is connected to the device prior to using CLI commands. NOTE: The following steps are for use on the console line only. To start using the CLI, perform the following steps: 60 Using the CLI 1 Start the device and wait until the startup procedure is complete. The User Exec mode is entered, and the prompt "Console>" is displayed. 2 Configure the device and enter the necessary commands to complete the required tasks. 3 When finished, exit the session with the quit or exit command. When a different user is required to log onto the system, in the Privileged EXEC mode command mode the login command is entered. This effectively logs off the current user and logs on the new user. Editing Features Entering Commands A CLI command is a series of keywords and arguments. Keywords identify a command, and arguments specify configuration parameters. For example, in the command "show interfaces status ethernet g5," show, interfaces and status are keywords, ethernet is an argument that specifies the interface type, and g5 specifies the port. To enter commands that require parameters, enter the required parameters after the command keyword. For example, to set a password for the administrator, enter: Console(config)# username admin password smith When working with the CLI, the command options are not displayed. The command is not selected from a menu but is manually entered. To see what commands are available in each mode or within an interface configuration, the CLI does provide a method of displaying the available commands, the command syntax requirements and in some instances parameters required to complete the command. The standard command to request help is?. There are two instances where the help information can be displayed: • Keyword lookup—The character ? is entered in place of a command. A list of all valid commands and corresponding help messages are displayed. • Partial keyword lookup—A command is incomplete and the character ? is entered in place of a parameter. The matched parameters for this command are displayed. To assist in using the CLI, there is an assortment of editing features. The following features are described: • Terminal Command Buffer • Command Completion • Keyboard Shortcuts Using the CLI 61 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Terminal Command Buffer Every time a command is entered in the CLI, it is recorded on an internally managed Command History buffer. Commands stored in the buffer are maintained on a First In First Out (FIFO) basis.These commands can be recalled, reviewed, modified, and reissued. This buffer is not preserved across device resets. Keyword Source or destination Up-arrow key Ctrl+P Recalls commands in the history buffer, beginning with the most recent command. Repeats the key sequence to recall successively older commands. Down-arrow key Returns to more recent commands in the history buffer after recalling commands with the up-arrow key. Repeating the key sequence will recall successively more recent commands. By default, the history buffer system is enabled, but it can be disabled at any time. For information about the command syntax to enable or disable the history buffer, see history. There is a standard default number of commands that are stored in the buffer. The standard number of 10 commands can be increased to 256. By configuring 0, the effect is the same as disabling the history buffer system. For information about the command syntax for configuring the command history buffer, see history size. To display the history buffer, see show history. Negating the Effect of Commands For many configuration commands, the prefix keyword "no" can be entered to cancel the effect of a command or reset the configuration to the default value. This guide describes the negation effect for all applicable commands. Command Completion If the command entered is incomplete, invalid, or has missing or invalid parameters, then the appropriate error message is displayed. This assists in entering the correct command. By pressing the button, an incomplete command is entered. If the characters already entered are not enough for the system to identify a single matching command, press "?" to display the available commands matching the characters already entered. Incorrect or incomplete commands are automatically re-entered next to the cursor. If a parameter must be added, the parameter can be added to the basic command already displayed next to the cursor. The following example indicates that the command interface ethernet requires a missing parameter. (config)#interface ethernet %missing mandatory parameter (config)#interface ethernet 62 Using the CLI Keyboard Shortcuts The CLI has a range of keyboard shortcuts to assist in editing the CLI commands. The following table describes the CLI shortcuts. Keyboard Key Description Up-arrow key Recalls commands from the history buffer, beginning with the most recent command. Repeat the key sequence to recall successively older commands. Down-arrow key Returns the most recent commands from the history buffer after recalling commands with the up arrow key. Repeating the key sequence will recall successively more recent commands. Ctrl+A Moves the cursor to the beginning of the command line. Ctrl+E Moves the cursor to the end of the command line. Ctrl+Z / End Returns back to the Privileged EXEC mode from any mode. Backspace key Moves the cursor back one space. CLI Command Conventions When entering commands there are certain command entry standards that apply to all commands. The following table describes the command conventions. Convention Description [] In a command line, square brackets indicates an optional entry. {} In a command line, curly brackets indicate a selection of compulsory parameters separated by the | character. One option must be selected. For example: flowcontrol {auto|on|off} means that for the flowcontrol command either auto, on or off must be selected. Italic font Indicates a parameter. Any individual key on the keyboard. For example click . Ctrl+F4 Any combination keys pressed simultaneously on the keyboard. Screen Display Indicates system messages and prompts appearing on the console. all When a parameter is required to define a range of ports or parameters and all is an option, the default for the command is all when no parameters are defined. For example, the command interface range portchannel has the option of either entering a range of channels, or selecting all. When the command is entered without a parameter, it automatically defaults to all. Using the CLI 63 64 Using the CLI www.dell.com | support.dell.com AAA Commands aaa authentication login The aaa authentication login Global Configuration mode commands defines login authentication. To return to the default configuration, use the no form of this command. Syntax aaa authentication login {default | list-name} method1 [method2...] no aaa authentication login {default | list-name} • default—Uses the listed authentication methods that follow this argument as the default list of methods when a user logs in. • list-name—Character string used to name the list of authentication methods activated when a user logs in. • method1 [method2...]—Specify at least one from the following table: Keyword Source or destination enable Uses the enable password for authentication. line Uses the line password for authentication. local Uses the local username database for authentication. none Uses no authentication. radius Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication. tacacs Uses the list of all TACACS servers for authentication. Default Configuration The local user database is checked. This has the same effect as the command aaa authentication login list-name local. NOTE: On the console, login succeeds without any authentication check if the authentication method is not defined. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • The default and optional list names created with the aaa authentication login command are used with the login authentication command. AAA Commands 65 www.dell.com | support.dell.com • Create a list by entering the aaa authentication login list-name method command for a particular protocol, where list-name is any character string used to name this list. The method argument identifies the list of methods that the authentication algorithm tries, in the given sequence. • The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an error, not if it fails. To ensure that the authentication succeeds even if all methods return an error, specify none as the final method in the command line. Example The following example configures authentication login. Console (config)# aaa authentication login default radius local enable none aaa authentication enable The aaa authentication enable Global Configuration mode command defines authentication method lists for accessing higher privilege levels. To return to the default configuration use the no form of this command. Syntax aaa authentication enable {default | list-name} method1 [method2...] no aaa authentication enable default 66 • default—Uses the listed authentication methods that follow this argument as the default list of methods, when using higher privilege levels. • list-name—Character string used to name the list of authentication methods activated, when using access higher privilege levels. • method1 [method2...]—Specify at least one from the following table: Keyword Source or destination enable Uses the enable password for authentication. line Uses the line password for authentication. none Uses no authentication. radius Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication. Uses username "$enabx$." where x is the privilege level. tacacs Uses the list of all TACACS+ servers for authentication. Uses username "$enabx$." where x is the privilege level. AAA Commands Default Configuration If the default list is not set, only the enable password is checked. This has the same effect as the command aaa authentication enable default enable. On the console, the enable password is used if it exists. If no password is set, the process still succeeds. This has the same effect as using the command aaa authentication enable default enable none. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • The default and optional list names created with the aaa authentication enable command are used with the enable authentication command. • Create a list by entering the aaa authentication enable list-name method command where list-name is any character string used to name this list. The method argument identifies the list of methods that the authentication algorithm tries, in the given sequence. • The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an error, not if it fails. To ensure that the authentication succeeds even if all methods return an error, specify none as the final method in the command line. • All aaa authentication enable default requests sent by the device to a RADIUS or TACACS server include the username "$enab15$". Example The following example sets authentication when accessing higher privilege levels. Console (config)# aaa authentication enable default enable login authentication The login authentication Line Configuration mode command specifies the login authentication method list for a remote telnet, SSH or console. To return to the default specified by the authentication login command, use the no form of this command. Syntax login authentication {default | list-name} no login authentication • default—Uses the default list created with the authentication login command. • list-name—Uses the indicated list created with the authentication login command. AAA Commands 67 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Default Configuration Uses the default set with the command authentication login. Command Mode Line Configuration mode User Guidelines • Changing login authentication from default to another value may disconnect the telnet session. Example The following example specifies the default authentication method for a console. Console (config)# line console Console (config-line)# login authentication default enable authentication The enable authentication Line Configuration mode command specifies the authentication method list when accessing a higher privilege level from a remote telnet, SSH or console. To return to the default specified by the enable authentication command, use the no form of this command. Syntax enable authentication {default | list-name} no enable authentication • default—Uses the default list created with the authentication enable command. • list-name—Uses the indicated list created with the authentication enable command. Default Configuration Uses the default set with the command authentication enable. Command Mode Line Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example specifies the default authentication method when accessing a higher privilege level from a console. 68 AAA Commands Console (config)# line console Console (config-line)# enable authentication default ip http authentication The ip http authentication Global Configuration mode command specifies authentication methods for http. To return to the default, use the no form of this command. Syntax ip http authentication method1 [method2...] no ip http authentication • method1 [method2...]—Specify at least one from the following table: Keyword Source or destination local Uses the local username database for authentication. none Uses no authentication. radius Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication. tacacs Uses the list of all TACACS servers for authentication. Default Configuration The local user database is checked. This has the same effect as the command ip http authentication local. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an error, not if it fails. To ensure that the authentication succeeds even if all methods return an error, specify none as the final method in the command line. Example The following example configures the http authentication. Console (config)# ip http authentication radius local Console (config)# ip http authentication tacacs local AAA Commands 69 www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip https authentication The ip https authentication Global Configuration mode command specifies authentication methods for https servers. To return to the default, use the no form of this command. Syntax ip https authentication method1 [method2...] no ip https authentication • method1 [method2...]—Specify at least one from the following table: Keyword Source or destination local Uses the local username database for authentication. none Uses no authentication. radius Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication. tacacs Uses the list of all TACACS servers for authentication. Default Configuration The local user database is checked. This has the same effect as the command ip https authentication local. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an error, not if it fails. To ensure that the authentication succeeds even if all methods return an error, specify none as the final method in the command line. Example The following example configures https authentication. Console (config)# ip https authentication radius local Console (config)# ip https authentication tacacs local show authentication methods The authentication methods Privilege EXEC mode command displays information about the authentication methods. 70 AAA Commands Syntax show authentication methods Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the authentication configuration. AAA Commands 71 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Console# show authentication methods Login Authentication Method Lists ----------------------------------Console_Default: None Network_Default: Local Enable Authentication Method Lists ----------------------------------Console_Default: Enable None Network_Default: Enable Line Login Method List Enable Method List -------------- ----------------- ------------------ Console Default Default Telnet Default Default SSH Default Default http : Tacacs Local https : Tacacs Local dot1x : password The password Line Configuration mode command specifies a password on a line. To remove the password, use the no form of this command. Syntax password password [encrypted] no password 72 • password—Password for this level, from 1 to 159 characters in length. • encrypted—Encrypted password to be entered, copied from another device configuration. AAA Commands Default Configuration No password is required. Command Mode Line Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example specifies a password "secret" on a line. Console (config-line)# password secret enable password The enable password Global Configuration mode command sets a local password to control access to normal and privilege levels. To remove the password requirement, use the no form of this command. Syntax enable password [level level] password [encrypted] no enable password [level level] • password—Password for this level, from 1 to 159 characters in length. • level level—Level for which the password applies. If not specified the level is 15 (Range: 1-15). • encrypted—Encrypted password entered, copied from another device configuration. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. AAA Commands 73 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example sets a local level 15 password "secret" to control access to user and privilege levels. Console (config)# enable password level 15 secret username The username Global Configuration mode command establishes a username-based authentication system. To remove a user name use the no form of this command. Syntax username name [password password] [level level] [encrypted] no username name • name—The name of the user. (Range: 1 - 20 characters) • password—The authentication password for the user. (Range: 1 - 159 characters). • level—The user level (Range: 1 -15). • encrypted—Encrypted password entered, copied from another device configuration. Default Configuration No user is defined. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • No password is required. Example The following example configures user "bob" with the password "lee" and user level 15 to the system. Console (config)# username bob password lee level 15 show users accounts The show users accounts Privileged EXEC mode command displays information about the local user database. 74 AAA Commands Syntax show users accounts Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the local users configured with access to the system. Console# show users accounts Username Privilege -------- --------- Bob 15 Robert 15 AAA Commands 75 76 AAA Commands www.dell.com | support.dell.com Address Table Commands bridge address The bridge address VLAN Interface Configuration mode command adds a static MAC-layer station source address to the bridge table. To delete the MAC address, use the no form of the bridge address command (using the no form of the command without specifying a MAC address deletes all static MAC addresses belonging to this VLAN). Syntax bridge address mac-address {ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number} [permanent | delete-on-reset | delete-on-timeout | secure] no bridge address [mac-address] • mac-address—A valid MAC address in the format of xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx. • interface—A valid Ethernet port. • port-channel-number—A valid port-channel number. • permanent—The address can only be deleted by the no bridge address command. • delete-on-reset—The address is deleted after reset. • delete-on-timeout—The address is deleted after "age out" time has expired. • secure—The address is deleted after the port changes mode to unlock learning (no port security command). This parameter is only available when the port is in learning locked mode. Default Configuration No static addresses are defined. The default mode for an added address is permanent. Command Mode Interface configuration (VLAN) mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example adds a permanent static MAC-layer station source address 3aa2.64b3.a245 on port g8 to the bridge table. Address Table Commands 77 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Console (config)# interface vlan 2 Console (config-vlan)# bridge address 3a:a2:64:b3:a2:45 ethernet g8 permanent bridge multicast filtering The bridge multicast filtering Global Configuration mode command enables filtering of multicast addresses. To disable filtering of multicast addresses, use the no form of the bridge multicast filtering command. Syntax bridge multicast filtering no bridge multicast filtering Default Configuration Disabled. All multicast addresses are flooded to all ports. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • If devices exist on the VLAN, do not change the unregistered multicast addresses state to drop on the devices ports. • If multicast routers exist on the VLAN and IGMP-snooping is not enabled, the bridge multicast forward-all command should be used to enable forwarding all multicast packets to the multicast routers. Example In this example, bridge multicast filtering is enabled. Console (config)# bridge multicast filtering bridge multicast address The bridge multicast address Interface Configuration mode command registers MAC-layer multicast addresses to the bridge table, and adds static ports to the group. To unregister the MAC address, use the no form of the bridge multicast address command. Syntax bridge multicast address {mac-multicast-address | ip-multicast-address} 78 Address Table Commands bridge multicast address {mac-multicast-address | ip-multicast-address} [add | remove] {ethernet interface-list | port-channel port-channel-number-list} no bridge multicast address {mac-multicast-address | ip-multicast-address} • add—Adds ports to the group. If no option is specified, this is the default option. • remove—Removes ports from the group. • mac-multicast-address—MAC multicast address in the format of xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx. • ip- multicast-address—IP multicast address. • interface-list—Separate nonconsecutive Ethernet ports with a comma and no spaces; a hyphen is used to designate a range of ports. • port-channel-number-list—Separate nonconsecutive port-channels with a comma and no spaces; a hyphen is used to designate a range of ports. Default Configuration No multicast addresses are defined. Command Mode Interface configuration (VLAN) mode User Guidelines • If the command is executed without add or remove, the command only registers the group in the bridge database. • Static multicast addresses can only be defined on static VLANs. Examples The following example registers the MAC address: Console (config)# interface vlan 8 Console (config-if)# bridge multicast address 01:00:5e:02:02:03 The following example registers the MAC address and adds ports statically. Console (config)# interface vlan 8 Console (config-if)# bridge multicast address 01:00:5e:02:02:03 add ethernet g1-9 Address Table Commands 79 www.dell.com | support.dell.com bridge multicast forbidden address The bridge multicast forbidden address Interface Configuration mode command forbids adding a specific multicast address to specific ports. Use the no form of this command to return to default. Syntax bridge multicast forbidden address {mac-multicast-address | ip-multicast-address} {add | remove} {ethernet interface-list | port-channel port-channel-number-list} no bridge multicast forbidden address {mac-multicast-address | ip-multicast-address} • add—Adds ports to the group. • remove—Removes ports from the group. • mac-multicast-address—MAC multicast address in the format of xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx. • ip- multicast-address—IP multicast address is in the format xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. • interface-list—Separate non consecutive valid Ethernet ports with a comma and no spaces; hyphen is used to designate a range of ports. • port-channel-number-list—Separate non consecutive valid port-channels with a comma and no spaces; a hyphen is used to designate a range of port-channels. Default Configuration No forbidden addresses are defined. Command Modes Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode User Guidelines • Before defining forbidden ports, the multicast group should be registered. Examples In this example the MAC address 01:00:5e:02:02:03 is forbidden on port g9 within VLAN 8. Console (config)# interface vlan 8 Console (config-if)# bridge multicast address 01:00:5e:02:02:03 Console (config-if)# bridge multicast forbidden address 01:00:5e:02:02:03 add ethernet g9 80 Address Table Commands bridge multicast forward-all The bridge multicast forward-all Interface Configuration mode command enables forwarding of all multicast packets on a port. To restore the default, use the no form of the bridge multicast forward-all command. Syntax bridge multicast forward-all {add | remove} {ethernet interface-list | port-channel portchannel-number-list} no bridge multicast forward-all • add—Adds ports to the group. • remove—Removes ports from the group. • interface-list—Separate non consecutive valid Ethernet ports with a comma and no spaces; a hyphen is used to designate a range of ports. • port-channel-number-list—Separate non consecutive valid port-channels with a comma and no spaces; a hyphen is used to designate a range of port-channels. Default Configuration Disable forward-all on the specified interface. Command Mode Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example In this example all multicast packets on port g8 are forwarded. Console (config)# interface vlan 2 Console (config-if)# bridge multicast forward-all add ethernet g8 bridge multicast forbidden forward-all The bridge multicast forbidden forward-all Interface Configuration mode command forbids a port to be a forward-all-multicast port. To restore the default, use the no form of the bridge multicast forward-all command. Address Table Commands 81 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax bridge multicast forbidden forward-all {add | remove} {ethernet interface-list | port-channel port-channel-number-list} no bridge multicast forward-all • add—Forbids forwarding all multicast packets. • remove—Does not forbid forwarding all multicast packets. • interface-list—Separates non consecutive valid Ethernet ports with a comma and no spaces; a hyphen is used to designate a range of ports. • port-channel-number-list—Separates non consecutive valid port-channels with a comma and no spaces; a hyphen is used to designate a range of port-channels. Default Configuration By default, this setting is disabled (for example, forwarding to the port is not forbidden). Command Mode Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode User Guidelines • IGMP snooping dynamically discovers multicast router ports. When a multicast router port is discovered, all the multicast packets are forwarded to it unconditionally. • This command prevents a port to be a multicast router port. Example In this example, forwarding all multicast packets to g6 are forbidden. Console (config)# interface vlan 2 Console (config-if)# bridge multicast forbidden forward-all add ethernet g6 bridge aging-time The bridge aging-time Global Configuration mode command sets the address table aging time. To restore the default, use the no form of the bridge aging-time command. Syntax bridge aging-time seconds no bridge aging-time 82 Address Table Commands • seconds—Time is number of seconds. (Range: 10 - 630 seconds) Default Configuration 300 seconds Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example In this example the bridge aging time is set to 250. Console (config)# bridge aging-time 250 clear bridge The clear bridge Privileged EXEC mode command removes any learned entries from the forwarding database. Syntax clear bridge • This command has no keywords or arguments. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example In this example, the bridge tables are cleared. Console# clear bridge Address Table Commands 83 www.dell.com | support.dell.com port security The port security Interface Configuration mode command locks the port. By locking the port, new addresses are not learned on the port. To enable new address learning, use the no form of the port security command. Syntax port security [forward | discard | discard-shutdown] [trap seconds] no port security • forward—Forwards frames with unlearned source addresses, but does not learn the address. • discard—Discards frames with unlearned source addresses. This is the default if no option is indicated. • discard-shutdown—Discards frames with unlearned source addresses. The port is also shut down. • trap Seconds—Sends SNMP traps and defines the minimal amount of time in seconds between two consecutive traps. (Range: 1 - 1,000,000) Default Configuration Disabled - No port security Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example In this example, frame forwarding is enabled without learning, and with traps sent every 100 seconds on port g1. Console (config)# interface ethernet g1 Console (config-if)# port security forward trap 100 Console (config-if)# port security discard trap 100 Console (config-if)# port security discard-shutdown trap 100 84 Address Table Commands port security routed secure-address The port security routed secure-address Interface Configuration mode command adds MAC-layer secure addresses to a routed port. Use the no form of this command to delete the MAC addresses. Syntax port security routed secure-address mac-address no port security routed secure-address mac-address • mac-address—Specify a MAC address in the format of xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx. Default Configuration No addresses are defined. Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel). Cannot be configured for a range of interfaces (range context). User Guidelines • The command enables adding secure MAC addresses to a routed ports in port security mode. The command is available when the port is a routed port and in port security mode. The address is deleted if the port exits the security mode or is not a routed port. Example In this example, the MAC-layer address 66:66:66:66:66:66 is added to port g1. Console (config)# interface ethernet g1 Console (config-if)# port security routed secure-address 66:66:66:66:66:66 show bridge address-table The show bridge address-table Privileged EXEC mode command displays all entries in the bridgeforwarding database. Syntax show bridge address-table [vlan vlan] [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channelnumber] • vlan—Specific valid VLAN, such as VLAN 1. • interface—A valid Ethernet port. Address Table Commands 85 www.dell.com | support.dell.com • port-channel-number—A valid port-channel number. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • Internal usage VLANs (VLANs that are automatically allocated on routed ports) would be presented in the VLAN column by a port number and not by a VLAN ID. Example In this example, all classes of entries in the bridge-forwarding database are displayed. 86 Address Table Commands Console# show bridge address-table Aging time is 300 sec vlan mac address port type ---- ----------- ---- ---- 1 00:60:70:4C:73:FF g8 dynamic 1 00:60:70:8C:73:FF g7 dynamic 200 00:10:0D:48:37:FF g4 static 8 00:10:0D:48:37:FF g2 dynamic show bridge address-table static The show bridge address-table static Privileged EXEC mode command displays statically created entries in the bridge-forwarding database. Syntax show bridge address-table static [vlan vlan] [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channelnumber] • vlan—Specific valid VLAN, such as VLAN 1. • interface—A valid Ethernet port. • port-channel-number—A valid port-channel number. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example In this example, all static entries in the bridge-forwarding database are displayed. Address Table Commands 87 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Console# show bridge address-table static Aging time is 300 sec vlan mac address port type ---- ----------- ---- ---- 1 00:60:70:4C:73:FF g8 permanent 1 00:60:70:8C:73:FF g8 delete-on-timeout 200 00:10:0D:48:37:FF g8 delete-on-reset show bridge address-table count The show bridge address-table count Privileged EXEC mode command displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or in a specific VLAN. Syntax show bridge address-table count [vlan vlan] • vlan —Specific VLAN. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • This command displays the count for 1 VLAN, for all VLANs or for a specific port. • No commas are allowed. Example In this example, the number of addresses present in the VLANs are displayed. 88 Address Table Commands Console# show bridge address-table count Capacity: 8192 Free: 8084 Used: 108 Static addresses: 2 Dynamic addresses: 97 Internal addresses: 9 show bridge multicast address-table The show bridge multicast address-table Privileged EXEC mode command displays multicast MAC address table information. Syntax show bridge multicast address-table [vlan vlan-id] [address mac-multicast-address | ipmulticast-address] [format ip | mac] • vlan_id—A VLAN ID value. • mac-multicast-address—A MAC multicast address in the format of xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx. • ip-multicast-address—An IP multicast address. • format—Multicast address format. Can be ip or mac. If format is unspecified, the default is mac. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example In this example, multicast MAC address table information is displayed. Address Table Commands 89 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Console # show bridge multicast address-table Vlan MAC Address Type Ports ---- ----------- ----- ---------- 1 01:00:5e:02:02:03 static g1, g2 19 01:00:5e:02:02:08 static g1-8 19 01:00:5e:02:02:08 dynamic g9-11 Forbidden ports for multicast addresses: Vlan MAC Address Ports ---- ----------- ---------- 1 01:00:5e:02:02:03 g8 19 01:00:5e:02:02:08 g8 Console # show bridge multicast address-table format ip Vlan IP Address Type Ports ---- ----------- ----- ---------- 1 224-239.130|2.2.3 static g1,g2 19 224-239.130|2.2.8 static g1-8 19 224-239.130|2.2.8 dynamic g9-11 Forbidden ports for multicast addresses: Vlan IP Address Ports ---- ----------- ---------- 1 224-239.130|2.2.3 g8 19 224-239.130|2.2.8 g8 NOTE: A multicast MAC address maps to multiple IP addresses, as shown above. 90 Address Table Commands show bridge multicast filtering The show bridge multicast filtering Privileged EXEC mode command displays the multicast filtering configuration. Syntax show bridge multicast filtering vlan-id • vlan_id—A valid VLAN ID value. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example In this example, the multicast configuration for VLAN 1 is displayed. Console # show bridge multicast filtering 1 Filtering: Enabled VLAN: 1 Port Static Status ------- ----------------- ----------- g1 Forbidden Filter g2 Forward Forward(s) g3 - Forward(d) show ports security The show ports security Privileged EXEC mode command displays the port-lock status. Syntax show ports security [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number] • interface—A valid Ethernet port. • port-channel-number—A valid port-channel number. Address Table Commands 91 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example In this example, all classes of entries in the port-lock status are displayed. Console # show ports security Port Status Action Trap Frequency Counter ----- ------- ------- ------- --------- -------- g1 Locked Discard Enable 100 88 g2 Unlocked - - - - g3 Locked Discard, Shutdown Disable - - Frequency: Minimum time in seconds between consecutive traps Counter: Number of actions since last trap 92 Address Table Commands Clock clock set The clock set Privileged EXEC mode command manually sets the system clock. Syntax clock set hh:mm:ss day month year or clock set hh:mm:ss month day year • hh:mm:ss—Current time in hours (military format), minutes, and seconds (0 - 23, mm: 0 - 59, ss: 0 - 59). • day—Current day (by date) in the month (1 - 31). • month—Current month using the first three letters by name (Jan, …, Dec). • year—Current year (2000 - 2097). Default Configuration The default time set is 0:0:0:0 Jan 1 2000 or xxxxx Month Day Year. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example sets the system time to 13:32:00 on the 7th March 2002. Console# clock set 13:32:00 7 Mar 2002 clock source The clock source Privileged EXEC mode command configures an external time source for the system clock. Syntax clock source {sntp} no clock source • sntp—SNTP servers Clock 93 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Default Configuration No external clock source Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example configures an external time source for the system clock. Console# clock source sntp clock timezone The clock timezone Global Configuration mode command sets the time zone for display purposes. To set the time to Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), use the no form of this command. Syntax clock timezone hours-offset [minutes minutes-offset] [zone acronym] no clock timezone • hours-offset— Hours difference from UTC. (Range: -12 – +13) • minutes minutes-offset—Minutes difference from UTC. (Range: 0 – 59) • zone acronym—The acronym of the time zone. (Range: Up to 4 characters) Default Configuration UTC Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • The system internally keeps time in UTC, so this command is used only for display purposes and when the time is manually set. Examples The following example sets the timezone to 6 hours difference from UTC. Console# (config)# clock timezone -6 zone CST 94 Clock clock summer-time The clock summer-time Global Configuration mode command configures the system to automatically switch to summer time (daylight saving time). To configure the software to not automatically switch to summer time, use the no form of this command. Syntax clock summer-time recurring {usa | eu | {week day month hh:mm week day month hh:mm}} [offset offset] [zone acronym] clock summer-time date date month year hh:mm date month year hh:mm [offset offset] [zone acronym] clock summer-time date month date year hh:mm month date year hh:mm [offset offset] [zone acronym] no clock summer-time • recurring—Indicates that summer time should start and end on the corresponding specified days every year. • date—Indicates that summer time should start on the first specific date listed in the command and end on the second specific date in the command. • usa—The summer time rules are the United States rules. • eu—The summer time rules are the European Union rules. • week— Week of the month. (Range: 1 - 4, first, last) • day—Day of the week (Range: first three letters by name, like sun) • date—Date of the month (Range:1 - 31) • month—Month (Range: first three letters by name) • year— year - no abbreviation (Range: 2000 - 2097) • hh:mm—Time in military format, in hours and minutes (Range: hh: 0 - 23, mm:0 - 59) • offset offset—Number of minutes to add during summer time (Range: 1 - 1440). • zone acronym—The acronym of the time zone to be displayed when summer time is in effect. If unspecified default to the timezone acronym. (Range: Up to 4 characters) Default Configuration Summer time is disabled. offset offset—default is 60 zone acronym— If unspecified default to the timezone acronym. If the timezone has not been defined, the default will be UTC. Clock 95 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • In both the date and recurring forms of the command, the first part of the command specifies when summer time begins, and the second part specifies when it ends. All times are relative to the local time zone. The start time is relative to standard time. The end time is relative to summer time. If the starting month is chronologically after the ending month, the system assumes that you are in the southern hemisphere. • USA rule for daylight saving time: • • Start: First Sunday in April • End: Last Sunday in October • Time: 2 am local time EU rule for daylight saving time: • Start: Last Sunday in March • End: Last Sunday in October • Time: 1.00 am (01:00) Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) Examples The following example sets summer time starting on the first Sunday in April at 2am and finishing on the last Sunday in October at 2 am. Console (config)# clock summer-time recurring first sun apr 2:00 last sun oct 2:00 sntp authentication-key The sntp authentication-key Global Configuration mode command defines an authentication key for Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP). To remove the authentication key for SNTP, use the no form of this command. Syntax sntp authentication-key number md5 value no sntp authentication-key number • number—Key number (Range: 1 - 4294967295) • value—Key value (Range: Up to 8 characters) Default Configuration No authentication key is defined. 96 Clock Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • Multiple keys can be generated. Examples The following example defines the authentication key for SNTP. Console(config)# sntp authentication-key 8 md5 ClkKey Console(config)# sntp trusted-key 8 Console(config)# sntp authenticate sntp authenticate The sntp authenticate Global Configuration mode command grants authentication for received Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic from servers. To disable the feature, use the no form of this command. Syntax sntp authenticate no sntp authenticate This command has no arguments or keywords. Default Configuration No authentication Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • The command is relevant for both unicast and broadcast. Examples The following example defines the authentication key for SNTP and grants authentication. Console(config)# sntp authentication-key 8 md5 ClkKey Console(config)# sntp trusted-key 8 Console(config)# sntp authenticate Clock 97 www.dell.com | support.dell.com sntp trusted-key The sntp trusted-key Global Configuration mode command authenticates the identity of a system to which Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) will synchronize. To disable authentication of the identity of the system, use the no form of this command. Syntax sntp trusted-key key-number no sntp trusted-key key-number • key-number—Key number of authentication key to be trusted. (Range: 1 - 4294967295) Default Configuration Not trusted. Command Mode Global configuration mode User Guidelines • The command is relevant for both received unicast and broadcast. • If there is at least 1 trusted key, then unauthenticated messages will be ignored. Examples The following example authenticates key 8. Console(config)# sntp authentication-key 8 md5 ClkKey Console(config)# sntp trusted-key 8 Console(config)# sntp authenticate sntp client poll timer The sntp client poll timer Global Configuration mode command sets the polling time for the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client. To return to default, use the no form of this command. Syntax sntp client poll timer seconds no sntp client poll timer • 98 Clock seconds—Polling interval in seconds (Range: 60-86400) Default Configuration 1024 Command Mode Global configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example sets the polling time for the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client to 120 seconds. Console (config)# sntp client poll timer 120 sntp broadcast client enable The sntp broadcast client enable Global Configuration mode command enables the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) broadcast clients. To disable the SNTP broadcast clients, use the no form of this command. Syntax sntp broadcast client enable no sntp broadcast client enable This command has no arguments or keywords. Default Configuration Disabled Command Mode Global configuration mode User Guidelines • The sntp broadcast client enable Interface Configuration mode command enables the device to receive broadcast transmissions globally and on ALL interfaces. • Use the sntp client enable Interface Configuration mode command to enable the SNTP client on a specific interface. Examples The following example enables the SNTP broadcast clients. Console (config)# sntp broadcast client enable Clock 99 www.dell.com | support.dell.com sntp anycast client enable The sntp anycast client enable Global Configuration mode command enables anycast client. To disable the polling for SNTP broadcast client, use the no form of this command. Syntax sntp anycast client enable no sntp anycast client enable This command has no arguments or keywords. Default Configuration Disabled Command Mode Global configuration User Guidelines • Polling time is determined by the sntp client poll timer Global Configuration mode command. • Use the sntp client enable Interface Configuration mode command to enable the SNTP client on a specific interface. Examples The following example enables anycast clients.t Console (config-if)# sntp anycast client enable sntp client enable (interface) The sntp client enable Interface Configuration mode command enables the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client on an interface. This applies to both receive broadcast and unicast updates. To disable the SNTP client, use the no form of this command. Syntax sntp client enable no sntp client enable This command has no arguments or keywords. Default Configuration Disabled 100 Clock Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel, VLAN) mode User Guidelines • Use the sntp client enable Global Configuration mode command to enable broadcast clients globally. • Use the sntp anycast client enable Global Configuration mode command to enable anycast clients globally. Examples The following example enables the SNTP client on the interface. Console (config)# sntp client enable sntp unicast client enable The sntp unicast client enable Global Configuration mode command enables the device to use the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) to request and accept Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic from servers. To disable requesting and accepting Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic from servers, use the no form of this command. Syntax sntp unicast client enable no sntp unicast client enable This command has no arguments or keywords. Default Configuration Disabled Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • Use the sntp server command to define SNTP servers. Examples The following example enables the device to use the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) to request and accept Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic from servers. Console (config)# sntp unicast client enable Clock 101 www.dell.com | support.dell.com sntp unicast client poll The sntp unicast client poll Global Configuration mode command enables polling for the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) predefined unicast clients. To disable the polling for SNTP client, use the no form of this command. Syntax sntp unicast client poll no sntp unicast client poll This command has no arguments or keywords. Default Configuration Disabled Command Mode Global configuration mode User Guidelines • Polling time is determined by the sntp client poll timer Global Configuration mode command. Examples The following example enables polling for the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) predefined unicast clients. Console (config)# sntp unicast client poll sntp server The sntp server Global Configuration mode command configures the device to use the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) to request and accept Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic from a server. To remove a server from the list of NTP servers, use the no form of this command. Syntax sntp server ip-address | hostname [poll] [key keyid] no sntp server host 102 Clock • ip-address—IP address of the server. • hostname—Hostname of the server. (Range: 1 - 158 characters) • poll—Enable polling. • key keyid—Authentication key to use when sending packets to this peer. (Range:1 – 4294967295) Default Configuration No servers are defined. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • Up to 8 SNTP servers can be defined. • Use the sntp unicast client enable Global Configuration mode command to enable predefined unicast clients globally. • To enable polling you should also use the sntp unicast client poll Global Configuration mode command for global enabling. • Polling time is determined by the sntp client poll timer Global Configuration mode command. • If multiple servers are added then the updates applied are determined by the following: Unicast Server updates take precedence, followed by Anycast and then Broadcast. Examples The following example configures the device to accept Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic from the server on 192.1.1.1. Console (config)# sntp server 192.1.1.1 show clock The show clock User EXEC mode command displays the time and date from the system clock. Syntax show clock [detail] • detail—Shows timezone and summertime configuration. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode Clock 103 www.dell.com | support.dell.com User Guidelines • The symbol that precedes the show clock display indicates the following: Symbol Description * Time is not authoritative. (blank) Time is authoritative. . Time is authoritative, but SNTP is not synchronized. Example The following example displays the time and date from the system clock. Console# show clock 15:29:03 PDT(UTC-7) Jun 17 2002 Time source is SNTP Device> show clock detail 15:29:03 PDT(UTC-7) Jun 17 2002 Time source is SNTP Time zone: Acronym is PST Offset is UTC-8 Summertime: Acronym is PDT Recurring every year. Begins at first Sunday of April at 2:00. Ends at last Sunday of October at 2:00. Offset is 60 minutes. 104 Clock show sntp configuration The show sntp configuration Privileged EXEC mode command shows the configuration of the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP). Syntax show sntp configuration This command has no keywords or arguments. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples Console# show sntp configuration Polling interval: 7200 seconds MD5 Authentication keys: 8, 9 Authentication is required for synchronization. Trusted Keys: 8,9 Unicast Clients Polling: Enabled. Server Polling Encryption Key Clock 105 www.dell.com | support.dell.com ----------- -------- ----------------- 176.1.1.8 Enabled 9 176.1.8.179 Disabled Disabled Broadcast Clients: Enabled Broadcast Clients Poll: Enabled Broadcast Interfaces: g1, g3 show sntp status The show sntp status Privileged EXEC mode command shows the status of the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP). Syntax show sntp status • This command has no keywords or arguments. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example shows the status of the SNTP. Console# show sntp status Clock is synchronized, stratum 4, reference is 176.1.1.8 Reference time is AFE2525E.70597B34 (00:10:22.438 PDT Jul 5 1993) Unicast servers: Server Preference Status Last response Offset [mSec] 106 Delay [mSec] --------- ---------- ------ --------------- ----- ------ 176.1.1.8 Primary Up AFE252C1.6DBDDFF2 7.33 117.79 Clock 176.1.8.179 Secondary Unknown AFE21789.643287C9 Interface IP address Last response --------- ---------- ------------------------ 176.1.1.8 Primary AFE252C1.6DBDDFF2 176.1.8.179 Secondary AFE21789.643287C9 8.98 189.19 Broadcast: Clock 107 108 Clock www.dell.com | support.dell.com Configuration and Image Files delete startup-config The delete startup-config Privileged EXEC mode command deletes the startup-config file. Syntax delete startup-config This command has no arguments or keywords. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example deletes the startup-config file. Console# delete startup-config copy The copy Privileged EXEC mode command copies files from a source to a destination. Syntax copy source-url destination-url [SNMP] • source-url—The source file location URL or reserved keyword being copied. • destination-url—The destination file URL or reserved keyword. • SNMP—Used only when copying from/to startup-config. Specifies that the destination/source file is in SNMP format The following table displays keywords aliases to URL: Configuration and Image Files 109 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Keyword Source or destination flash Source or destination URL for Flash memory. It’s the default in case a URL is specified without a prefix running-config Represents the current running configuration file. startup-config Represents the startup configuration file. backup-config Represents the backup configuration file. image If source file, represent the active image file. If destination file, represent the non-active image file. boot Boot file. tftp: Source or destination URL for a TFTP network server. The syntax for this alias is tftp://host/[directory]/filename. The host can be either IP address or hostname. xmodem: Source for the file from a serial connection that uses the Xmodem protocol. null: Null destination for copies or files. A remote file can be copied to null to determine its size. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • The location of a file system dictates the format of the source or destination URL. • The entire copying process may take several minutes and differs from protocol to protocol and from network to network. Understanding Invalid Combinations of Source and Destination Some invalid combinations of source and destination exist. Specifically, the following cannot be copied: 110 • If the source file and destination file are the same file. • xmodem cannot be a destination. Can only be copied to image, boot and null. • tftp cannot be the source and destination on the same copy. • Active Image is the image the system currently boots from (see "show bootvar" command) or set to boot next from. Non active image is the spare image location. Configuration and Image Files Copy Character Descriptions: Character Description ! For network transfers, an exclamation point indicates that the copy process is taking place. Each exclamation point indicates the successful transfer of ten packets (512 bytes each). . For network transfers, a period indicates that the copy process timed out. Many periods in a row typically mean that the copy process may fail. Copying image file from a Server to Flash Memory Use the copy source-url image command to copy an image file from a server to Flash memory. Copying boot file from a Server to Flash Memory Use the copy source-url boot command to copy a boot file from a server to Flash memory. Copying a Configuration File from a Server to the Running Configuration Use the copy source-url running-config command to load a "configuration file" from a network server to the device "running configuration". The configuration is added to the "running configuration" as if the commands were typed in the command-line interface (CLI). The resulting configuration file is a combination of the previous "running configuration" and the loaded "configuration file", with the loaded "configuration file" having precedence. Copying a Configuration File from a Server to the Startup Configuration Use the copy source-url startup-config command to copy a "configuration file" from a network server to the device "startup configuration". These commands replace the startup configuration file with the copied configuration file. Storing the Running or Startup Configuration on a Server Use the copy running-config destination-url command to copy the current configuration file to a network server using TFTP. Use the copy startup-config destination-url command to copy the "startup configuration" file to a network server. The configuration file copy can serve as a backup copy. Saving the Running Configuration to the Startup Configuration Use the copy running-config startup-config command to copy the "running configuration" to the "startup configuration". Backup the Running Configuration or Startup Configuration to the Backup Configuration Use the copy running-config file command to backup the running configuration to a backup configuration file. Use the copy startup-config file command to backup the startup configuration a backup configuration file Configuration and Image Files 111 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example copies a system image named file1 from the TFTP server with an IP address of 172.16.101.101 to non active image file. Console# copy tftp://172.16.101.101/file1 image Accessing file 'file1' on 172.16.101.101... Loading file1 from 172.16.101.101: !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! [OK] Copy took 0:01:11 [hh:mm:ss] boot system The boot system Privileged EXEC mode command specifies the system image that the device loads at startup. Syntax boot system {image-1 | image-2} • image-1—Specifies image 1 as the system startup image. • image-2—Specifies image 2 as the system startup image. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • Use the show bootvar command to find out which image is the active image. Examples The following example loads system image 1 for the next device startup. Console# boot system image-1 112 Configuration and Image Files show running-config The show running-config Privileged EXEC mode command displays the contents of the currently running configuration file. Syntax show running-config [sort type] • sort type —Specifies the sorting type of the file. Can be one of the following values: interface, feature. Default Configuration Sort type defaults to interface if unspecified. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • show running-config does not show all the port configurations under the port. Although the device is already configured with some default parameters,”show running config” on an empty device is empty. Configuration and Image Files 113 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Examples The following example displays the contents of the running-config file. Console# show running-config no spanning-tree vlan database vlan 2 exit interface range ethernet g(1-2) switchport access vlan 2 exit interface vlan 2 bridge address 00:00:00:00:00:01 ethernet g1 exit interface ethernet g1 gvrp enable exit gvrp enable interface ethernet g24 ip address dhcp exit ip name-server 10.6.1.36 console# show startup-config The show startup-config Privileged EXEC mode command displays the startup configuration file contents. Syntax show startup-config [sort type] 114 Configuration and Image Files • sort type —Specifies the sorting type of the file. Can be one of the following values: interface, feature. Default Configuration Sort type defaults to interface if unspecified. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Configuration and Image Files 115 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Examples The following example displays the contents of the startup-config file. Console# show startup-config no spanning-tree vlan database vlan 2 exit interface range ethernet g(1-2) switchport access vlan 2 exit interface vlan 2 bridge address 00:00:00:00:00:01 ethernet g1 exit interface ethernet g1 gvrp enable exit gvrp enable interface ethernet g24 ip address dhcp exit ip name-server 10.6.1.36 console# show backup-config The show backup-config Privileged EXEC mode command displays the backup configuration file contents. Syntax show backup-config 116 Configuration and Image Files Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples Console# show backup-config software version 1.1 hostname device interface ethernet g1 ip address 176.242.100.100 255.255.255.0 duplex full speed 1000 interface ethernet g2 ip address 176.243.100.100 255.255.255.0 duplex full speed 1000 Configuration and Image Files 117 www.dell.com | support.dell.com show bootvar The show bootvar Privileged EXEC mode command displays the active system image file that the device loads at startup. Syntax show bootvar Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example displays the active system image file that the device loads at startup. Console# show bootvar Images currently available on the FLASH 118 image-1 active (selected for next boot) image-2 not active Configuration and Image Files Ethernet Configuration Commands interface ethernet The interface ethernet Global Configuration mode command enters the interface configuration mode to configure an Ethernet type interface. Syntax interface ethernet interface • interface—Valid Ethernet port. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example enables ports g8 for configuration. Console(config)# interface ethernet g8 Console(config-if)# interface range ethernet The interface range ethernet Global Configuration mode command enters the interface configuration mode to configure multiple Ethernet type interfaces. Syntax interface range ethernet {port-range | all} • port-range—List of valid ports to add. Separate non consecutive ports with a comma and no spaces; a hyphen is used to designate a range of ports. • all—All Ethernet ports. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Ethernet Configuration Commands 119 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • Commands under the interface range context are executed independently on each active interface in the range. If the command returns an error on one of the active interfaces, it does not stop executing commands on other active interfaces. Example The following example shows how ports g18 to g20 and ports g22 to g24 are grouped to receive the same command. Console(config)# interface range ethernet g18 - g20, g22 - g24 Console(config-if)# shutdown The shutdown Interface Configuration mode command disables interfaces. To restart a disabled interface, use the no form of this command. Syntax shutdown no shutdown Default Configuration The interface is enabled. Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example disables port g5. Console(config)# interface ethernet g5 Console(config-if)# shutdown 120 Ethernet Configuration Commands The following example re-enables port g5. Console(config)# interface ethernet g5 Console(config-if)# no shutdown description The description Interface Configuration mode command adds a description to an interface. To remove the description use the no form of this command. Syntax description string no description • string—Comment or a description of the port up to 64 characters. Default Configuration By default, the interface does not have a description. Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example adds a description to the Ethernet g5. Console(config)# interface ethernet g5 Console(config-if)# description RD SW#3 speed The speed Interface Configuration mode command configures the speed of a given Ethernet interface when not using auto-negotiation. To restore the default, use the no form of this command. Syntax speed {100 | 1000 | 10000} no speed • 100—Force 100 Mbps operation. Ethernet Configuration Commands 121 www.dell.com | support.dell.com • 1000—Force 1000 Mbps operation. • 10000—Force 10000 Mbps operation. Default Configuration Maximum port capability. Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • The command "no speed" in port-channel context returns each port in the port-channel to its maximum capability. Example The following example configures the speed operation of Ethernet g5 to force 100-Mbps operation. Console(config)# interface ethernet g5 Console(config-if)# speed 100 duplex The duplex Interface Configuration mode command configures the full/half duplex operation of a given Ethernet interface when not using auto-negotiation. To restore the default, use the no form of this command. Syntax duplex {half | full} no duplex • half—Force half-duplex operation • full—Force full-duplex operation Default Configuration The interface is set to full duplex. Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode User Guidelines • 122 Before attempting to force a particular duplex mode on the port operating at 10/100/1000 Mbps, disable the auto-negotiation on that port. Ethernet Configuration Commands • Half duplex mode can be set only for ports operating at 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps. Example The following example configures the duplex operation of Ethernet g5 to force full duplex operation. Console(config)# interface ethernet g5 Console(config-if)# duplex full negotiation The negotiation Interface Configuration mode command enables auto-negotiation operation for the speed and duplex parameters of a given interface. To disable negotiation, use the no form of this command. Syntax negotiation no negotiation Default Configuration auto-negotiation Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • Turning off auto-negotiation on an aggregate link may, under some circumstances, make it non-operational. If the other side has auto-negotiation turned on, it may re-synchronize all members of the aggregated link to half-duplex operation, and may, as per the standards, set them all inactive. Example The following example enables autonegotiation on Ethernet g5. Console(config)# interface ethernet g5 Console(config-if)# negotiation flowcontrol The flowcontrol Interface Configuration mode command configures the Flow Control on a given interface. To restore the default, use the no form of this command. Ethernet Configuration Commands 123 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax flowcontrol {auto | on | off} no flowcontrol • auto—Enables auto-negotiation of Flow Control. • on—Enables Flow Control. • off—Disables Flow Control. Default Configuration Flow Control is off. Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • Flow Control will operate only if duplex mode is set to FULL. Back Pressure will operate only if duplex mode is set to HALF. • When Flow Control is ON, the head-of-line-blocking mechanism of this port is disabled. • If a link is set to NOT use auto-negotiation, the other side of the link must also be configured to not use auto-negotiation. • To select auto, ensure negotiation for Flow Control is enabled. Example In the following example, Flow Control is enabled on g5. Console(config)# interface ethernet g5 Console(config-if)# flowcontrol on mdix The mdix Interface Configuration mode command enables automatic crossover on a given interface. To disable automatic crossover, use the no form of this command. Syntax mdix {on | auto} no mdix 124 • on—Manual mdix • auto—Auto mdi/mdix Ethernet Configuration Commands Default Configuration Automatic crossover is enabled Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode User Guidelines • Mdix Auto: All possibilities to connect a PC with cross OR normal cables are supported and are automatically detected. • Mdix ON: It is possible to connect to a PC only with a normal cable and to connect to another switch ONLY with a cross cable. • If MDIX is set to "no mdix", the device works opposite from the "MDIX On" behavior. With this setting you can only use either an ethernet standard cross-over cable to connect to a PC, or an ethernet standard cable to connect to another switch. Example In the following example, automatic crossover is enabled on g5. Console(config)# interface ethernet g5 Console(config-if)# mdix auto back-pressure The back-pressure Interface Configuration mode command enables Back Pressure on a given interface. To disable Back Pressure, use the no form of this command. Syntax back-pressure no back-pressure Default Configuration Back Pressure is disabled. Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • Back Pressure will operate only if duplex mode is set to half. Ethernet Configuration Commands 125 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example In the following example Back Pressure is enabled on g5. Console(config)# interface ethernet g5 Console(config-if)# back-pressure port jumbo-frame The port jumbo-frame Global Configuration mode command enables jumbo frames for the device. The size of the port jumbo frame is 10K. To disable jumbo frames, use the no form of this command. Syntax port jumbo-frame no port jumbo-frame Default Configuration Jumbo Frames are not enabled. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • The command would be effective only after reset. Example In the following example, Jumbo Frames are enabled on the device. Console(config)# port jumbo-frame clear counters The clear counters User EXEC mode command clears statistics on an interface. Syntax clear counters [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number] • interface—Valid Ethernet port. • port-channel-number—Valid port-channel trunk index. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. 126 Ethernet Configuration Commands Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example In the following example, the counters for interface g1 are cleared. Console# clear counters ethernet g1 set interface active The set interface active Privileged EXEC mode command reactivates an interface that was suspended by the system. Syntax set interface active {ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number} • interface—Valid Ethernet port. • port-channel-number—Valid port-channel trunk index. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privilege EXEC mode User Guidelines • This command is used to activate interfaces that were configured to be active, but were shutdown for some reason. Example The following example activates interface g5, which is disabled. Console# set interface active ethernet g5 show interfaces configuration The show interfaces configuration Privilege EXEC mode command displays the configuration for all configured interfaces. Ethernet Configuration Commands 127 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax show interfaces configuration [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number | • interface—Valid Ethernet port. • port-channel-number—Valid port-channel trunk index. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Modes Privilege EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the configuration for all configured interfaces: Console# show interfaces configuration 128 Port Type Duplex Speed Neg Flow Control Admin State Back Mdix Pressure Mode ---- ---- ------ ------ ---- ------ ----- ------ ---- g1 1G Full 1000 Auto On Up Enable Auto g2 1G Full 100 Off Off Up Disable Off g3 1G Full 1000 Off Off Up Disable On Ch Type Speed Neg Flow Control Back Pressure Admin State --- ---- ----- --- ----- -------- ----- 1 1000 1000 Off Off Disable Up Ethernet Configuration Commands The displayed port configuration information includes the following: • Port—The port number. • Port Type—The port designated IEEE shorthand identifier. For example 1000Base-T refers to 1000 Mbps baseband signaling. • Duplex—Displays the port Duplex status. • Speed—Refers to the port speed. • Neg—Describes the Auto-negotiation status. • Flow Control—Displays the Flow Control status. • Back Pressure—Displays the Back Pressure status. • MDIX Mode—Displays the Auto-crossover status. • Admin State—Displays whether the port is enabled or disabled. show interfaces status The show interfaces status User EXEC mode command displays the status for all configured interfaces. Syntax show interfaces status [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number] • interface—A valid Ethernet port. • port-channel-number—A valid port-channel trunk index. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privilege EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the status for all configured interfaces. Ethernet Configuration Commands 129 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Console# show interfaces status Port Type Duplex Speed Neg ---- ----- ------ ---- ---- g1 1G Copper Full 100 Auto g2 1G Copper Full 100 Off g23 1G Fiber Full 1000 Ch Type Duplex --- ---- 1 1000 Flow Control Back Pressur e MDIX Mode ------ ----- ------ ---- On Enable On Up Off Disable Off Down * Off Off Disable On Up Speed Neg Flow Control Back Pressur e Link State ----- --- ----- ------- ------- ------ Full 1000 Off Off Disable Up * The interface was suspended by the system. 130 Ethernet Configuration Commands Link State The displayed port status information includes the following: • Port—The port number. • Description—If the port has a description, the description is displayed. • Port Type—The port designated IEEE shorthand identifier. For example, 1000Base-T refers to 1000 Mbps baseband signaling. • Duplex—Displays the port Duplex status. • Speed—Refers to the port speed. • Neg—Describes the Auto-negotiation status. • Flow Control—Displays the Flow Control status. • Back Pressure—Displays the Back Pressure status. • Link State—Displays the Link Aggregation status. show interfaces description The show interfaces description User EXEC mode command displays the description for all configured interfaces. Syntax show interfaces description [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number] • interface—Valid Ethernet port. • port-channel-number—A valid port-channel trunk index. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Modes Privilege EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the description for the interface g1. Ethernet Configuration Commands 131 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Console# show interfaces description ethernet g1 Port Description ---- ------------------ g1 Management_port g2 R&D_port g3 Finance_port Ch Description ---- ------------------ Ch 1 Output show interfaces counters The show interfaces counters User EXEC mode command displays traffic seen by the physical interface. Syntax show interfaces counters [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number] • interface—A valid Ethernet port. • port-channel-number—A valid port-channel index. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Modes Privilege EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example displays traffic seen by the physical interface: 132 Ethernet Configuration Commands Console# show interfaces counters Port InOctets InUcastPkts InMcastPkts InBcastPkts ------- ------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------ g1 183892 1289 987 8 g2 0 0 0 0 g3 123899 1788 373 19 Port OutOctets OutUcastPkts OutMcastPkts OutBcastPkts ------- ------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------ g4 9 8 0 9188 g5 0 0 0 0 g6 8789 27 8 0 Ch InOctets InUcastPkts InMcastPkts InBcastPkts ------- ------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------ 1 27889 928 0 78 Ch OutOctets OutUcastPkts OutMcastPkts OutBcastPkts ------- ------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------ 1 882 0 122 23739 Ethernet Configuration Commands 133 www.dell.com | support.dell.com The following example displays counters for port g1. Console# show interfaces counters ethernet g1 Port InOctets InUcastPkts InMcastPkts InBcastPkts ------ ----------- -------------- -------------- ----------- g1 183892 1289 987 8 Port OutOctets OutUcastPkts OutMcastPkts OutBcastPkts ------ ----------- -------------- -------------- ----------- g1 9 8 0 9188 FCS Errors: 8 Single Collision Frames: 0 Multiple Collision Frames: 0 SQE Test Errors: 0 Deferred Transmissions: 0 Late Collisions: 0 Excessive Collisions: 0 Internal MAC Tx Errors: 0 Carrier Sense Errors: 0 Oversize Packets: 0 Internal MAC Rx Errors: 0 Received Pause Frames: 0 Transmitted Pause Frames: 0 The following table describes the fields shown in the display: 134 Field Description InOctets Counted received octets. InUcastPkts Counted received unicast packets. Ethernet Configuration Commands InMcastPkts Counted received multicast packets. InBcastPkts Counted received broadcast packets. OutOctets Counted transmitted octets. OutUcastPkts Counted transmitted unicast packets. OutMcastPkts Counted transmitted multicast packets. OutBcastPkts Counted transmitted broadcast packets. Alignment Errors A count of frames received that are not an integral number of octets in length and do not pass the FCS check. FCS Errors Counted frames received that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check. Single Collision Frames Counted frames that are involved in a single collision, and are subsequently transmitted successfully. Multiple Collision Frames A count of frames that are involved in more than one collision and are subsequently transmitted successfully SQE Test Errors A count of times that the SQE TEST ERROR is received. The SQE TEST ERROR is set in accordance with the rules for verification of the SQE detection mechanism in the PLS Carrier Sense Function as described in IEEE Std. 802.3, 2000 Edition, section 7.2.4.6. Deferred Transmissions A count of frames for which the first transmission attempt is delayed because the medium is busy. Late Collisions Counted times that a collision is detected later than one slotTime into the transmission of a packet. Excessive Collisions Counted frames for which transmission fails due to excessive collisions. Internal MAC Tx Errors Counted frames for which transmission fails due to an internal MAC sublayer transmit error. Carrier Sense Errors The number of times that the carrier sense condition was lost or never asserted when attempting to transmit a frame. Oversize Packets Counted frames received that exceed the maximum permitted frame size. Internal MAC Rx Errors Counted frames for which reception fails due to an internal MAC sublayer receive error. Ethernet Configuration Commands 135 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Symbol Errors For an interface operating at 100 Mb/s, the number of times there was an invalid data symbol when a valid carrier was present.For an interface operating in half-duplex mode at 1000 Mb/s, the number of times the receiving media is non-idle (a carrier event) for a period of time equal to or greater than slotTime, and during which there was at least one occurrence of an event that causes the PHY to indicate 'Data reception error' or 'carrier extend error' on the GMII.For an interface operating in full-duplex mode at 1000 Mb/s, the number of times the receiving media is non-idle (a carrier event) for a period of time equal to or greater than minFrameSize, and during which there was at least one occurrence of an event that causes the PHY to indicate 'Data reception error' on the GMII.For an interface operating at 10 Gb/s, the number of times the receiving media is non-idle (a carrier event) for a period of time equal to or greater than minFrameSize, and during which there was at least one occurrence of an event that causes the PHY to indicate 'Receive Error' on the XGMII. Received Pause Frames Counted MAC Control frames received with an opcode indicating the PAUSE operation. Transmitted Pause Frames Counted MAC Control frames transmitted on this interface with an opcode indicating the PAUSE operation. show ports jumbo-frame The show ports jumbo-frame User EXEC mode command displays the jumbo frames configuration. Syntax show ports jumbo-frame Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Modes User EXEC mode User Guidelines • 136 There are no user guidelines for this command. Ethernet Configuration Commands Example The following example displays the jumbo frames configuration. Console# show ports jumbo-frame Jumbo frames are disabled Jumbo frames will be enabled after reset port storm-control include-multicast The port storm-control include-multicast Global Configuration mode command enables the device to count multicast packets together with broadcast packets. To disable counting of multicast packets, use the no form of this command. Syntax port storm-control include-multicast no port storm-control include-multicast There are no arguments or keywords for this command. Default Configuration Multicast packets are not counted. Command Modes Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • To control multicasts storms use the commands port storm-control broadcast enable and port storm-control broadcast rate. Example The following example enables the counting of multicast packets. Console# configure Console(config)# port storm-control include-multicast port storm-control broadcast enable The port storm-control broadcast enable Interface Configuration mode command enables broadcast storm control. To disable broadcast storm control, use the no form of this command. Syntax port storm-control broadcast enable Ethernet Configuration Commands 137 www.dell.com | support.dell.com no port storm-control broadcast enable Default Configuration Broadcast storm control is disabled. Command Modes Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode User Guidelines • Use the port storm-control broadcast rate Interface Configuration mode command, to set the maximum allowable broadcast rate. • Multicast can be counted as part of the "storm" frames if the port storm-control includemulticast Global Configuration mode command is already executed. Example The following example enables broadcast storm control on port g5. Console(config)# interface ethernet g5 Console(config-if)# port storm-control broadcast enable port storm-control broadcast rate The port storm-control broadcast rate Interface Configuration mode command configures the maximum broadcast rate. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value. port storm-control broadcast rate rate no port storm-control broadcast rate • rate—Maximum kilobytes per second of broadcast and multicast traffic on a port. (Rate: 0-65535) Default Configuration The default storm control broadcast rate is 1000. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines 138 • Use the port storm-control broadcast enable Interface Configuration mode command to enable broadcast storm control. • The granularity is 1 - 64K packets. Note that if the rate is 0, broadcast packets are not forwarded. Ethernet Configuration Commands Example The following example configures the maximum broadcast rate 10 kilobytes per second. console(config)# interface ethernet g2 console(config-if)# port storm-control broadcast rate 10 show ports storm-control The show ports storm-control Privileged EXEC mode command displays the storm control configuration. Syntax show ports storm-control [interface] • interface—A valid Ethernet port. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the storm control configuration. console(config)# port storm-control broadcast rate 333 Console# show ports storm-control Port Broadcast Storm control [Packets/sec] ----- ------------------------------------- g1 333 g2 Disabled g3 333 g4 Disabled g5 Disabled g6 Disabled g7 Disabled Ethernet Configuration Commands 139 www.dell.com | support.dell.com 140 g8 Disabled g9 Disabled g10 Disabled g11 Disabled g12 Disabled g13 Disabled g14 Disabled g15 Disabled g16 Disabled g17 Disabled g18 Disabled g19 Disabled g20 Disabled g21 Disabled g22 Disabled g23 Disabled g24 Disabled Ethernet Configuration Commands GVRP Commands gvrp enable (global) GVRP, or GARP VLAN Registration Protocol, is an industry-standard protocol designed to propagate VLAN information from device to device. With GVRP, a single switch is manually configured with all desired VLANs for the network, and all other switches on the network learn these VLANs dynamically. The gvrp enable Global Configuration mode command enables GVRP globally. To disable GVRP globally on the switch, use the no form of this command. Syntax gvrp enable no gvrp enable Default Configuration GVRP is globally disabled. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example globally enables GVRP on the device. Console (config)# gvrp enable gvrp enable (interface) The gvrp enable Interface Configuration mode command enables GVRP on an interface. To disable GVRP on an interface, use the no form of this command. Syntax gvrp enable no gvrp enable Default Configuration GVRP is disabled on all interfaces by default. GVRP Commands 141 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • An access port would not dynamically join a VLAN because it is always a member in only one VLAN. • Membership in an untagged VLAN would be propagated in a same way as a tagged VLAN. i.e. in such a case it’s the administrator’s responsibility to set the PVID to be the untagged VLAN VID. Example The following example enables GVRP on ethernet g8. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# gvrp enable garp timer The garp timer Interface Configuration mode command adjusts the GARP application join, leave, and leaveall GARP timer values. To reset the timer to default values, use the no form of this command. Syntax garp timer {join | leave | leaveall} timer_value no garp timer • join—Indicates the time in milliseconds that PDUs are transmitted. (Range: 10-2147483640) • leave—Indicates the amount of time in milliseconds that the device waits before leaving its GARP state. The Leave Time is activated by a Leave All Time message sent/received, and cancelled by the Join message. (Range: 10-2147483640) • leaveall—Used to confirm the port within the VLAN. The time in milliseconds between messages sent. (Range: 10-2147483640) • timer_value—Timer values in milliseconds. Default Configuration The default timer values are as follows: 142 • Join timer—200 milliseconds • Leave timer—600 milliseconds • Leavall timer—10000 milliseconds GVRP Commands Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • The timer_value value must be a multiple of 10. • You must maintain the following relationship for the various timer values: • – ·Leave time must be greater than or equal to three times the join time. – ·Leave-all time must be greater than the leave time. Set the same GARP timer values on all Layer 2-connected devices. If the GARP timers are set differently on the Layer 2-connected devices, GARP application will not operate successfully. Example The following example sets the leave timer for port g8 to 900 milliseconds. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# garp timer leave 900 gvrp vlan-creation-forbid The gvrp vlan-creation-forbid Interface Configuration mode command enables or disables dynamic VLAN creation. To disable dynamic VLAN creation, use the no form of this command. Syntax gvrp vlan-creation-forbid no gvrp vlan-creation-forbid Default Configuration By default, dynamic VLAN creation is enabled. Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • This command forbids dynamic VLAN creation from the interface. The creation or modification of dynamic VLAN registration entries as a result of the GVRP exchanges on an interface are restricted only to those VLANs for which static VLAN registration exists. GVRP Commands 143 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example disables dynamic VLAN creation on port g8. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# gvrp vlan-creation-forbid gvrp registration-forbid The gvrp registration-forbid Interface Configuration mode command de-registers all dynamic VLANs, and prevents dynamic VLAN registration on the port. To allow dynamic registering for VLANs on a port, use the no form of this command. Syntax gvrp registration-forbid no gvrp registration-forbid Default Configuration Dynamic registering and deregistering for each VLAN on the port is allowed. Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example shows how default dynamic registering and deregistering is forbidden for each VLAN on port g8. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# gvrp registration-forbid clear gvrp statistics The clear gvrp statistics Privileged EXEC mode command clears all the GVRP statistics information. Syntax clear gvrp statistics [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number] 144 • interface—A valid Ethernet interface. • port-channel-number—A valid port-channel trunk index. GVRP Commands Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example clears all the GVRP statistics information on port g8. Console# clear gvrp statistics ethernet g8 show gvrp configuration The show gvrp configuration User EXEC mode command displays GVRP configuration information, including timer values, whether GVRP and dynamic VLAN creation is enabled, and which ports are running GVRP. Syntax show gvrp configuration [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number] • interface—A valid Ethernet interface. • port-channel-number—A valid port-channel trunk index. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example shows how to display GVRP configuration information: GVRP Commands 145 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Console# show gvrp configuration GVRP Feature is currently enabled on the switch. Maximum VLANs: 256 Port(s) GVRPStatus Registration Dynamic VLAN Creation Timers (milliseconds) Join Leave Leave All ------- ------ ------------ -------- ------------- ----- ----- g1 Enabled Normal Enabled 200 600 10000 g4 Enabled Normal Enabled 200 600 10000 show gvrp statistics The show gvrp statistics User EXEC mode command displays GVRP statistics. Syntax show gvrp statistics [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number] • interface—A valid Ethernet interface. • port-channel-number—A valid trunk index. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • 146 There are no user guidelines for this command. GVRP Commands Example The following example shows GVRP statistics information: Console# show gvrp statistics GVRP statistics: ---------------rJE : Join Empty Received rJIn : Join In Received rEmp : Empty Received rLIn : Leave In Received rLE : Leave Empty Received rLA sJE : Join Empty Sent sJIn : Join In Sent : Leave All Received sEmp : Empty Sent sLIn : Leave In Sent sLE sLA : Leave Empty Sent : Leave All Sent Port rJE rJIn rEmp rLIn rLE rLA sJE sJIn sEmp sLIn sLE sLA --- --- ---- ---- ---- --- --- --- ---- ---- ---- --- --- g1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 show gvrp error-statistics The show gvrp error-statistics User EXEC mode command displays GVRP error statistics. GVRP Commands 147 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax show gvrp error-statistics [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number] • interface—port. • port-channel-number—A valid port-channel trunk index. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays GVRP statistics information. Console# show gvrp-error statistics GVRP error statistics: ---------------------Legend: 148 INVPROT : Invalid Protocol Id INVPLEN : Invalid PDU Length INVATYP : Invalid Attribute Type INVALEN : Invalid Attribute Length INVAVAL : Invalid Attribute Value INVEVENT : Invalid Event Port INVPROT INVATYP INVAVAL INVALEN INVEVENT ---- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- g1 0 0 0 0 0 g2 0 0 0 0 0 g3 0 0 0 0 0 g4 0 0 0 0 0 g5 0 0 0 0 0 g6 0 0 0 0 0 g7 0 0 0 0 0 g8 0 0 0 0 0 GVRP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands ip igmp snooping (Global) The ip igmp snooping Global Configuration mode command enables Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping. To disable IGMP snooping use the no form of this command. Syntax ip igmp snooping no ip igmp snooping Default Configuration IGMP snooping is disabled. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example enables IGMP snooping. Console (config)# ip igmp snooping ip igmp snooping (Interface) The ip igmp snooping Interface Configuration mode command enables Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping on a specific VLAN. To disable IGMP snooping on a VLAN interface, use the no form of this command. Syntax ip igmp snooping no ip igmp snooping Default Configuration IGMP snooping is disabled on all VLANs in the set context. Command Mode Interface configuration (VLAN) mode IGMP Snooping Commands 149 www.dell.com | support.dell.com User Guidelines • IGMP snooping can only be enabled on static VLANs. Example The following example enables IGMP snooping on VLAN 2. Console (config)# interface vlan 2 Console (config-if)# ip igmp snooping ip igmp snooping mrouter The ip igmp snooping mrouter Interface Configuration mode command enables automatic learning of multicast router ports in the context of a specific VLAN. To remove automatic learning of multicast router ports, use the no form of this command. Syntax ip igmp snooping mrouter learn-pim-dvmrp no ip igmp snooping mrouter learn-pim-dvmrp Default Configuration Automatic learning of mrouter ports is enabled. Command Mode Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode User Guidelines • Multicast router ports can be configured statically by the bridge multicast forward-all command. Example The following example enables automatic learning of multicast router ports on VLANs. Console (config) # interface vlan 2 Console (config-if)# ip igmp snooping mrouter learn-pim-dvmrp ip igmp snooping host-time-out The ip igmp snooping host-time-out Interface Configuration mode command configures the hosttime-out. If an IGMP report for a multicast group was not received for a host-time-out period, from a specific port, this port is deleted from the member list of that multicast group. To reset to default host-time-out use the no form of this command. 150 IGMP Snooping Commands Syntax ip igmp snooping host-time-out time-out no ip igmp snooping host-time-out • time-out—Host timeout in seconds. (Range: 1 - 2147483647) Default Configuration The default host-time-out is 260 seconds. Command Mode Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode User Guidelines • The timeout should be at least greater than 2*query_interval+max_response_time of the IGMP router. Example The following example configures the host timeout to 300 seconds. Console (config)# interface vlan 2 Console (config-if)# ip igmp snooping host-time-out 300 ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out The ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out Interface Configuration mode command configures the mrouter-time-out. The mrouter-time-out command is used for setting the aging-out time after multicast router ports are automatically learned. To configure the default mrouter-time-out, use the no form of this command. Syntax ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out time-out no ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out • time-out—mrouter timeout in seconds (Range: 1 - 2147483647) Default Configuration The default value is 300 seconds. Command Mode Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode IGMP Snooping Commands 151 www.dell.com | support.dell.com User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example configures the mrouter timeout to 200 seconds. Console (config)# interface vlan 2 Console (config-if)# ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out 200 ip igmp snooping leave-time-out The ip igmp snooping leave-time-out VLAN Interface Configuration mode command configures the leave-time-out. If an IGMP report for a multicast group is not received within the leave-timeout period after an IGMP leave was received from a specific port, the current port is deleted from the member list of that multicast group. To configure the default leave-time-out, use the no form of this command. Syntax ip igmp snooping leave-time-out {time-out | immediate-leave} no ip igmp snooping leave-time-out • time-out—leave-time-out in seconds. (Range: 0 - 2147483647) • immediate-leave—Specifies that the port should be immediately removed from the members list after receiving IGMP Leave. Default Configuration The default leave-time-out configuration is 10 seconds. Command Mode Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode User Guidelines • The leave timeout should be set greater than the maximum time that a host is allowed to respond to an IGMP Query. • Use immediate leave only where there is only one host connected to a port. Example The following example configures the host leave-time-out to 60 seconds. Console (config)# interface vlan 2 Console (config-if)# ip igmp snooping leave-time-out 60 152 IGMP Snooping Commands show ip igmp snooping mrouter The show ip igmp snooping mrouter User EXEC mode command displays information on dynamically learned multicast router interfaces. Syntax show ip igmp snooping mrouter [interface vlan-id] • vlan_id—VLAN ID value. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example shows IGMP snooping mrouter information. Console # show ip igmp snooping mrouter VLAN Ports ---- ------ 2 g1 show ip igmp snooping interface The show ip igmp snooping interface User EXEC mode command displays IGMP snooping configuration. Syntax show ip igmp snooping interface vlan-id • vlan_id—VLAN ID value. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. IGMP Snooping Commands 153 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The example displays IGMP snooping information. Console # show ip igmp snooping interface 1 IGMP Snooping is globaly disabled IGMP Snooping is disabled on VLAN 1 IGMP host timeout is 260 sec IGMP Immediate leave is disabled. IGMP leave timeout is 60 sec IGMP mrouter timeout is 300 sec Automatic learning of multicast router ports is enabled show ip igmp snooping groups The show ip igmp snooping groups User EXEC mode command displays the multicast groups learned by IGMP snooping. Syntax show ip igmp snooping groups [vlan vlan-id] [address ip-multicast-address] • vlan_id—VLAN ID value. • ip-multicast-address—IP multicast address. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • 154 To see the full multicast address table (including static addresses) use the show bridge address-table command. IGMP Snooping Commands Example The example shows IGMP snooping information. Console # show ip igmp snooping groups Vlan IP Address Querier Ports ----- ------------------ -------- ------------ 1 224-239.130|2.2.3 Yes g1, g2 19 224-239.130|2.2.8 Yes g9-11 IGMP Snooping Commands 155 156 IGMP Snooping Commands www.dell.com | support.dell.com IP Addressing Commands clear host dhcp The clear host dhcp Privileged EXEC mode command deletes entries from the host name-toaddress mapping received from Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). Syntax clear host dhcp {name | *} • name—Particular host entry to remove. (Range: 1 - 158 characters.) • *— Removes all entries. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • This command would delete the host name-to-address mapping temporarily until the next renew of the IP address. Examples The following example deletes all entries from the host name-to-address mapping. Console# clear host dhcp * ip address The ip address Interface Configuration mode command sets an IP address. To remove an IP address, use the no form of this command. Syntax ip address ip-address {mask | prefix-length} no ip address [ip-address] • ip-address—IP address • mask—Specifies the network mask of the IP address. (Range: Valid Subnet mask) IP Addressing Commands 157 www.dell.com | support.dell.com • prefix-length—The number of bits that comprise the IP address prefix. The prefix length must be preceded by a forward slash (/). (Range: 8 -30) Default Configuration No IP address is defined for interfaces. Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, port-channel) User Guidelines • An IP address cannot be configured for a range of interfaces (range context). Example The following example configures VLAN 1 with the IP address 131.108.1.27 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0. Console (config)# interface vlan 1 Console (config-if)# ip address 131.108.1.27 255.255.255.0 ip address dhcp The ip address dhcp Interface Configuration mode command acquires an IP address on an interface from the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server. To deconfigure any acquired address, use the no form of this command. The no ip address dhcp command deconfigures any IP address that was acquired, thus sending a DHCPRELEASE message. Syntax ip address dhcp [hostname host-name] no ip address dhcp • hostname—Specifies the host name.(Range: 1 - 20 characters) • host-name—DHCP host name. This name need not be the same as the host name entered in global configuration mode. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet, VLAN, port-channel) 158 IP Addressing Commands User Guidelines • The ip address dhcp command allows any interface to dynamically learn its IP address by using the DHCP protocol. • Some DHCP Servers require that the DHCPDISCOVER message have a specific host name. The most typical usage of the ip address dhcp hostname host-name command is when hostname is the host name provided by the system administrator. • If a device is configured to obtain its IP address from a DHCP server, it sends a DHCPDISCOVER message to provide information about itself to the DHCP server on the network. • If the ip address dhcp command is used with or without the optional keyword, the DHCP option 12 field (host name option) is included in the DISCOVER message. By default, the specified DHCP host name is the device globally configured host name. • However, you can use the ip address dhcp hostname host-name command to place a different name in the DHCP option 12 field than the globally configured host name of the device. • The no ip address dhcp command deconfigures any IP address that was acquired, thus sending a DHCPRELEASE message. Example The following example acquires an IP address on an Ethernet interface from DHCP. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# ip address dhcp ip default-gateway The ip default-gateway Global Configuration mode command defines a default gateway (router). To remove the default gateway use the no form of this command. Syntax ip default-gateway ip-address no ip default-gateway • ip-address — Valid IP address that specifies the IP address of the default gateway. Default Configuration No default gateway is defined. Command Mode Global configuration IP Addressing Commands 159 www.dell.com | support.dell.com User Guidelines • There are no User Guidelines for this command. Example The following example defines an ip default gateway. Console(config)# ip default-gateway 192.168.1.1 show ip interface The show ip interface User EXEC mode command displays the usability status of interfaces configured for IP. Syntax show ip interface [ethernet interface-number | vlan vlan-id | port-channel number] • ethernet interface-number—port. • vlan vlan-id—VLAN number. • port-channel number—Port-channel number. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example the displays the usability status of interfaces configured for IP. 160 IP Addressing Commands Console# show ip interface Gateway IP Address Type Activity Status --------------------- ----------- --------------- 10.7.1.1 Static Active IP address Interface Type ------------------- ------------ ------------ 10.7.1.192/24 VLAN 1 Static 10.7.2.192/24 VLAN 2 DHCP arp The arp Global Configuration mode command adds a permanent entry in the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache. To remove an entry from the ARP cache, use the no form of this command. Syntax arp ip_addr hw_addr {ethernet interface-number | vlan vlan-id | port-channel number} no arp ip_addr {ethernet interface-number | vlan vlan-id | port-channel number} • ip_addr—IP address or IP alias to map to the specified MAC address. • hw_addr—MAC address to map to the specified IP address or IP alias. • ethernet interface-number—Ethernet port number. • vlan vlan-id—VLAN number. • port-channel number—Port-channel number. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • The software uses ARP cache entries to translate 32-bit IP addresses into 48-bit hardware addresses. Because most hosts support dynamic resolution, static ARP cache entries do not need to be specified. IP Addressing Commands 161 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example adds the IP address 198.133.219.232 and MAC address 00:00:0c:40:0f:bc to the ARP table. Console (config)# arp 198.133.219.232 00:00:0c:40:0f:bc ethernet g8 arp timeout The arp timeout Global Configuration mode command configures how long an entry remains in the ARP cache. To restore the default value, use the no form of this command. Syntax arp timeout seconds no arp timeout • seconds—Time (in seconds) that an entry remains in the ARP cache. (Range: 1 - 40000000) Default Configuration The default timeout is 60000 seconds. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • It is recommended not to set the timeout value to less than 3600. Example The following example configures ARP timeout to 12000 seconds. Console (config)# arp timeout 12000 clear arp-cache The clear arp-cache Privileged EXEC mode command deletes all dynamic entries from the ARP cache. Syntax clear arp-cache Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. 162 IP Addressing Commands Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example deletes all dynamic entries from the ARP cache. Console# clear arp-cache show arp The show arp Privileged EXEC mode command displays entries in the ARP table. Syntax show arp Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays entries in the ARP table. Console# show arp ARP timeout: 60000 Seconds Interface IP address HW address status ---------- ---------------- ------------------ -------- g1 10.7.1.102 00:10:B5:04:DB:4B Dynamic g2 10.7.1.135 00:50:22:00:2A:A4 Static IP Addressing Commands 163 www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip domain-lookup The ip domain-lookup Global Configuration mode command enables the IP Domain Naming System (DNS)-based host name-to-address translation. To disable the DNS, use the no form of this command. Syntax ip domain-lookup no ip domain-lookup This command has no arguments or keywords. Default Configuration Enabled Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example enables the IP Domain Naming System (DNS)-based host name-to-address translation. Console (config)# ip domain-lookup ip domain-name The ip domain-name Global Configuration mode command defines a default domain name, that the software uses to complete unqualified host names (names without a dotted-decimal domain name). To disable use of the Domain Name System (DNS), use the no form of this command. Syntax ip domain-name name no ip domain-name • name—Default domain name used to complete unqualified host names. Do not include the initial period that separates an unqualified name from the domain name.(Range: 1 158 characters) Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. 164 IP Addressing Commands Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example defines a default domain name of www.dell.com. Console (config)# ip domain-name www.dell.com ip name-server The ip name-server Global Configuration mode command sets the available name servers. To remove a name server, use the no form of this command. Syntax ip name-server server-address [server-address2 … server-address8] no ip name-server [server-address1 … server-address8] • server-address—IP addresses of the name server. Up to 8 servers can be defined in one command or by using multiple commands. Default Configuration No name server addresses are specified. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • The preference of the servers is determined by the order they were entered. • Up to 8 servers can be defined. Examples The following example sets the available name server. Console (config)# ip name-server 176.16.1.18 ip host The ip host Global Configuration mode command defines a static host name-to-address mapping in the host cache. To remove the name-to-address mapping, use the no form of this command. IP Addressing Commands 165 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax ip host name address no ip host name • name—Name of the host (Range: 1 - 158 characters) • address—Associated IP address. Default Configuration No host is defined. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example defines a static host name-to-address mapping in the host cache. Console (config)# ip host accounting.dell.com 176.10.23.1 clear host The clear host Privileged EXEC mode command deletes entries from the host name-to-address cache. Syntax clear host {name | *} • name—Particular host entry to remove. (Range: 1 - 158 characters) • *—Removes all entries. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • 166 There are no user guidelines for this command. IP Addressing Commands Examples The following example deletes entries from the host name-to-address cache. Console (config)# clear host * show hosts The show hosts User EXEC mode command displays the default domain name, a list of name server hosts, the static and the cached list of host names and addresses. Syntax show hosts [name] • name—Name of the host.(Range: 1 - 158 characters) Default Configuration Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example displays host information. IP Addressing Commands 167 www.dell.com | support.dell.com console> show hosts Default domain is GM.COM Name/address lookup is enabled Name servers: 176.16.1.18 176.16.1.19 Static host name-to-address mapping: Host Addresses ---- --------- www.dell.com 176.16.8.8 176.16.8.9 Cache: TTL(Hours) 168 Host Total Elapsed Type Addresses ---- ----- --------- ------ --------- www.dell.com 72 3 IP 171.64.14.203 IP Addressing Commands LACP Commands lacp system-priority The lacp system-priority Global Configuration mode command configures the system priority. To reset to default, use the no form of this command. Syntax lacp system-priority value no lacp system-priority • value—Value of the priority. (Range: 1 - 65535) Default Configuration The default system priority value is 1. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example configures the system priority to 120. Console (config)# lacp system-priority 120 lacp port-priority The lacp port-priority Interface Configuration mode command configures the priority value for physical ports. To reset to default priority value, use the no form of this command. Syntax lacp port-priority value no lacp port-priority • value—Port priority value. (Range: 1 - 65535) Default Configuration The default port priority value is 1. LACP Commands 169 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example configures the priority value for port g8 to 247. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# lacp port-priority 247 lacp timeout The lacp timeout Interface Configuration mode command assigns an administrative LACP timeout. To reset the default administrative LACP timeout use the no form of this command. Syntax lacp timeout {long | short} no lacp timeout • long—Specifies a long timeout value. • short—Specifies a short timeout value. Default Configuration The default port timeout value is long. Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example assigns an administrative LACP timeout for port g8 to a long timeout value. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# lacp timeout long 170 LACP Commands show lacp ethernet The show lacp ethernet Privilege EXEC mode command displays LACP information for Ethernet ports. Syntax show lacp ethernet interface [parameters | statistics | protocol-state] • Interface—Ethernet interface. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privilege EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example shows how to display LACP statistics information. Console# show lacp ethernet g1 statistics Port g1 LACP Statistics: LACP PDUs sent:2 LACP PDUs received:2 show lacp port-channel The show lacp port-channel Privileged EXEC mode command displays LACP information for a port-channel. Syntax show lacp port-channel [port_channel_number] • port_channel_number—The port-channel number. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. LACP Commands 171 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example shows how to display LACP port-channel information. Console# show lacp port-channel 1 Port-Channel 1:Port Type 1000 Ethernet Actor System Priority:1 MAC Address: 00:02:85:0E:1C:00 Admin Key: 29 Oper Key: 29 Partner System Priority:0 MAC Address: 00:00:00:00:00:00 Oper Key: 172 LACP Commands 14 Line Commands line The line Global Configuration mode command identifies a specific line for configuration and enters the line configuration command mode. Syntax line {console | telnet | ssh} • console—Console terminal line. • telnet—Virtual terminal for remote console access (Telnet). • ssh—Virtual terminal for secured remote console access (SSH). Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example configures the device as a virtual terminal for remote console access. Console(config)# line telnet Console(config-line)# speed The speed Line Configuration mode command sets the line baud rate. Syntax speed bps • bps—Baud rate in bits per second (bps). The options are 2400, 9600, 19200 and 38400. Default Configuration This default speed is 9600. Line Commands 173 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Line Configuration (console) mode User Guidelines • The configured speed would be applied when Autobaud is disabled. • If Autobaud is disabled, the new speed is implemented immediately. Examples The following example sets the baud rate to 9600. Console (config)# line console Console(config-line)# speed 9600 autobaud The autobaud Line Configuration mode command sets the line for automatic baud rate detection (autobaud). Use the no form of this command to disable automatic baud rate detection. Syntax autobaud no autobaud Default Configuration Disabled Command Mode Line Configuration (console) mode User Guidelines • To start communications using automatic baud detection, press the Enter key twice. Examples The following example sets the line for automatic baud rate detection. Console (config)# line console Console(config-line)# autobaud exec-timeout The exec-timeout Line Configuration mode command sets the interval that the system waits until user input is detected. To restore the default setting, use the no form of this command. 174 Line Commands Syntax exec-timeout minutes [seconds] no exec-timeout • minutes—Integer that specifies the number of minutes. (Range: 0 - 65535) • seconds—Additional time intervals in seconds. (Range: 0 - 59) Default Configuration The default configuration is 10 minutes. Command Mode Line Configuration mode User Guidelines • To specify no timeout, enter the exec-timeout ("0 0") command. Examples The following example configures the interval that the system waits until user input is detected to 20 minutes. Console (config)# line console Console(config-line)# exec-timeout 20 show line The show line User EXEC mode command displays line parameters. Syntax show line [console | telnet | ssh] • console—Console terminal line. • telnet—Virtual terminal for remote console access (Telnet). • ssh—Virtual terminal for secured remote console access (SSH). Default Configuration Default value is console. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Line Commands 175 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Examples The following example displays the line configuration. console# show line console Interactive timeout: History: 10 minutes 10 terminal history The terminal history EXEC mode command enables the command history function for the current terminal session. To disable the command history function, use the no form of this command. Syntax terminal history terminal no history Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines The command enables the command history for the current session. The default would be determined by the history line configuration command. terminal history size The terminal history size EXEC mode command changes the command history buffer size for the current terminal session. To reset the command history buffer size to the default, use the no form of this command. Syntax terminal history size number-of-commands terminal no history size • 176 number-of-commands - Number of commands the system records in the history buffer (Range: 1-0216). Line Commands Default Configuration The default is determined by the history size line configuration command. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines The maximum for the sum of all buffers is 256. Line Commands 177 178 Line Commands www.dell.com | support.dell.com LLDP Commands lldp enable (global) To enable Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP), use the lldp enable command in global configuration mode. To disable LLDP, use the no form of this command. Syntax lldp enable no lldp enable Default Configuration The command is enabled. Command Mode Global configuration User Guidlines • There are no guidelines for this command. Example The following example enables Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) . console (config)# lldp enable lldp enable (interface) To enable Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) on an interface, use the lldp enable command in interface configuration mode. To disable LLDP on an interface, use the no form of this command. Syntax lldp enable [rx | tx | both] no lldp enable • rx — Receive only LLDP packets. • tx —Transmit only LLDP packets. • both — Receive and transmit LLDP packets (default) Default Configuration Enabled in both modes. LLDP Commands 179 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Interface configuration (Ethernet) User Guidelines • LLDP manages LAG ports individually. LLDP sends separate advertisements on each port in a LAG. LLDP data received through LAG ports is stored individually per port. • LLDP operation on a port is not dependent on STP state of a port. I.e. LLDP frames are sent and received on blocked ports. If a port is controlled by 802.1X, LLDP operates only if the port is authorized. Examples The following example enables Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) on an interface (g5). Console(config)# interface ethernet g5 Console(config-if)# lldp enable lldp timer To specify how often the software sends Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) updates, use the lldp timer command in global configuration mode. To revert to the default setting, use the no form of this command. Syntax lldp timer seconds no lldp timer • seconds — Specifies in seconds how often the software sends LLDP update. (Range: 5 32768 seconds). Default Configuration Default - 30 seconds. Command Modes Global configuration User Guidelines • 180 There are no user guidelines for this command. LLDP Commands Examples The following example specifies how often the software sends Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) updates. Console (config) # lldp timer lldp hold-multiplier To specify the amount of time the receiving device should hold a Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) packet before discarding it, use the lldp hold-multiplier command in global configuration mode. To revert to the default setting, use the no form of this command. Syntax lldp hold-multiplier number no lldp hold-multiplier • number — Specifies the hold time to be sent in the LLDP update packets as a multiple of the timer value (Range: 2-10). Default Configuraiton The default configuration is 4. Command Modes Global configuration User Guidelines • The actual time-to-live value used in LLDP frames can be expressed by the following formula: TTL = min(65535, LLDP-Timer * LLDP-HoldMultiplier). For example, if the value of LLDP timer is '30', and the value of the LLDP hold multiplier is '4', then the value '120' is encoded in the TTL field in the LLDP header. Examples The following example specifies how often the software sends Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) updates. Console (config) # lldp hold-multiplier 6 lldp reinit-delay To specify the minimum time an LLDP port will wait before reinitializing LLDP transmission, use the lldp reinit-delay command in global configuration mode. To revert to the default setting, use the no form of this command. LLDP Commands 181 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax lldp reinit-delay seconds no lldp reinit-delay • seconds — Specifies the minimum time in seconds an LLDP port will wait before reinitializing LLDP transmission. (Range 1-10 seconds). Default Configuraiton 2 seconds Command Modes Global configuration User Guidelines There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example specifies the minimum time an LLDP port will wait before reinitializing LLDP transmission. Console (config) # lldp reinit-delay 6 lldp tx-delay To specify the delay between successive LLDP frame transmissions initiated by value/status changes in the LLDP local systems MIB, use the lldp tx-delay command in global configuration mode. To revert to the default setting, use the no form of this command. Syntax lldp tx-delay seconds no lldp tx-delay Parameters • seconds — Specifies the delay in seconds between successive LLDP frame transmissions initiated by value/status changes in the LLDP local systems MIB. Range 1-8192 second. Default Configuration The default value is 2 seconds Command Modes Global configuration 182 LLDP Commands Usage Guidelines • It is recommended that the TxDelay would be less than 0.25 of the LLDP timer interval. Examples The following example specifies the delay between successive LLDP frame transmissions initiated by value/status changes in the LLDP local systems MIB. Console (config) # lldp tx-delay 7 lldp optional-tlv To specify which optional TLVs from the basic set should be transmitted, use the lldp optional-tlv command in interface configuration mode. To revert to the default setting, use the no form of this command. Syntax lldp optional-tlv tlv1 [tlv2 … tlv5] no lldp optional-tlv • tlv — Specifies TLV that should be included. Available optional TLVs are: port-desc, sysname, sys-desc and sys-cap . (Range 1-8192 seconds). Default Configuration No optional TLV is transmitted. Command Modes Interface configuration (Ethernet) User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example specifies which optional TLV (2)s from the basic set should be transmitted. Console(config)# interface ethernet g5 Console(config-if)# lldp optional-tlv sys-name lldp management-address To specify the management address that would be advertised from an interface, use the lldp management-address command in interface configuration mode. To stop advertising management address information, use the no form of this command. LLDP Commands 183 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax lldp management-address ip-address no management-address ip • ip-address — Specifies the management address to advertise. Default Configuration No IP address is advertised. Command Modes Interface configuration (Ethernet) User Guidelines • Each port can advertise one IP address. • Only static IP addresses can be advertised. Example The following example specifies management address that would be advertised from an interface. Console(config)# interface ethernet g5 Console(config-if)# lldp management-address 192.168.0.1 clear lldp rx To restart the LLDP RX state machine and clearing the neighbors table, use the clear lldp rx command in privileged EXEC mode. Syntax clear lldp rx [ethernet interface] • Interface — Ethernet port Command Modes Privileged EXEC User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The folowing example restarts the LLDP RX state machine and clearing the neighbors table. console (config)#clear lldp rx 184 LLDP Commands show lldp configuration To display the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuration, use the show lldp configuration command in privileged EXEC mode. Syntax show lldp configuration [ethernet interface] • Interface — Ethernet port Command Modes Privileged EXEC User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuration Switch# show lldp configuration Timer: 30 Seconds Hold multiplier: 4 Reinit delay: 2 Seconds Tx delay: 2 Seconds Port State Optional TLVs Addres g1 RX, TX PD, SN, SD, SC 172.16.1.1 g2 TX PD, SN 172.16.1.1 g3 Disabled show lldp local To display the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) information that is advertised from a specific port, use the show lldp local command in privileged EXEC mode. Syntax show lldp local ethernet interface • Interface — Ethernet port LLDP Commands 185 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Privileged EXEC User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) information that is advertised from a specific port. Switch# show lldp local ethernet g1 Device ID: 0060.704C.73FF Port ID: 1 Capabilities: Bridge System Name: ts-7800-1 System description: Port description: Management address: 172.16.1.8 show lldp neighbors To display information about neighboring devices discovered using Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP), use the show lldp neighbors command in privileged EXEC mode. Syntax show lldp neighbors [ethernet interface] • Interface — Ethernet port Command Modes Privileged EXEC User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays information about neighboring devices discovered using Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). 186 LLDP Commands Switch# show lldp neighbors Port Device ID Port ID Hold Time Capabilities System Name g1 0060.704C.73FE 1 117 B ts-7800-2 g1 0060.704C.73FD 1 93 B ts-7800-2 g2 0060.704C.73F C 9 1 B, R ts-7900-1 g3 0060.704C.73FB 1 92 W ts-7900-2 Switch# show lldp neighbors ethernet g1 Device ID: 0060.704C.73FE Port ID: 1 Hold Time: 117 Capabilities: B System Name: ts-7800-2 System description: Port description: Management address: 172.16.1.1 LLDP Commands 187 188 LLDP Commands www.dell.com | support.dell.com Management ACL management access-list The management access-list Global Configuration mode command defines an access-list for management, and enters the access-list for configuration. Once in the access-list configuration mode, the denied or permitted access conditions are configured with the deny and permit commands. To remove an access list, use the no form of this command. Syntax management access-list name no management access-list name • name—The access list name using up to 32 characters. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • This command enters the access-list configuration mode, where the denied or permitted access conditions with the deny and permit commands must be defined. • If no match criteria are defined the default is "deny". • If reentering to an access-list context, the new rules are entered at the end of the access-list. • Use the management access-class command to select the active access-list. • The active management list cannot be updated or removed. • Management ACL requires a valid management interface (valid IFindex). A valid management interface is an interface with an IP address. A valid (IFindex) management interface can be a single port, vlan or port-channel. Management ACL only restricts access to the device for management configuration or viewing. Management ACL 189 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Examples The following example shows how to create an access-list called "mlist", configure two management interfaces ethernet g1 and ethernet g9, and make the access-list the active list. Console (config)# management access-list mlist Console (config-macl)# permit ethernet g1 Console (config-macl)# permit ethernet g9 Console (config-macl)# exit Console (config)# management access-class mlist The following example shows how to create an access-list called "mlist", configure all interfaces to be management interfaces except interfaces ethernet g1 and ethernet g9, and make the access-list the active list. Console (config)# management access-list mlist Console (config-macl)# deny ethernet g1 Console (config-macl)# deny ethernet g9 Console (config-macl)# permit Console (config-macl)# exit Console (config)# management access-class mlist permit (management) The permit Management Access-List Configuration mode command defines a permit rule. Syntax permit [ethernet interface-number | vlan vlan-id | port-channel number] [service service] permit ip-source ip-address [mask mask | prefix-length] [ethernet interface-number | vlan vlan-id | port-channel number] [service service] 190 • ethernet interface-number—A valid Ethernet port number. • vlan vlan-id—A valid VLAN number. • port-channel number—A valid port channel number. • ip-address—Source IP address.(Range: Valid IP Address) • mask mask—Specifies the network mask of the source IP address. (Range: Valid subnet mask) Management ACL • mask prefix-length—Specifies the number of bits that comprise the source IP address prefix. The prefix length must be preceded by a forward slash (/). (Range: 0 - 32) • service service—Indicates service type. Can be one of the following: telnet, ssh, http, https or snmp. Default Configuration If no permit statement is present, the default is set to deny. Command Mode Management Access-list Configuration mode User Guidelines • Rules with Ethernet, VLAN and port-channel parameters are valid only if an IP address is defined on the appropriate interface.The system supports up to 256 management access rules. Example The following example shows how all ports are permitted in the access-list called "mlist". Console (config)# management access-list mlist Console (config-macl)# permit deny (management) The deny Management Access-List Configuration mode command defines a deny rule. Syntax deny [ethernet interface-number | vlan vlan-id | port-channel number] [service service] deny ip-source ip-address [mask mask | prefix-length] [ethernet interface-number | vlan vlanid | port-channel number] [service service] • ethernet interface-number—A valid Ethernet port number. • vlan vlan-id—A valid VLAN number. • port-channel number—A valid port-channel number. • ip-address—Source IP address. (Range: Valid IP Address) • mask mask—Specifies the network mask of the source IP address. (Range: Valid subnet mask) • mask prefix-length—Specifies the number of bits that comprise the source IP address prefix. The prefix length must be preceded by a forward slash (/). (Range: 0 - 32) Management ACL 191 www.dell.com | support.dell.com • service service—Indicates service type. Can be one of the following: telnet, ssh, http, https or snmp. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Management Access-list Configuration mode User Guidelines • Rules with Ethernet, VLAN and port-channel parameters are valid only if an IP address is defined on the appropriate interface.The system supports up to 256 management access rules. Example The following example shows how all ports are denied in the access-list called "mlist". Console (config)# management access-list mlist Console (config-macl)# deny management access-class The management access-class Global Configuration mode command defines which management access-list is used. To disable restriction, use the no form of this command. Syntax management access-class {console-only | name} no management access-class • name—Name of the access list. If unspecified, defaults to an empty access-list.(Range: 1 32 characters) • console-only—The device can be managed only from the console. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • 192 There are no user guidelines for this command. Management ACL Example The following example configures an access-list called "mlist" as the management access-list. Console (config)# management access-class mlist show management access-list The show management access-list Privileged EXEC mode command displays management accesslists. Syntax show management access-list [name] • name—Name of the access list. If unspecified, defaults to an empty access-list.(Range: 1 32 characters) Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the active management access-list. Console# show management access-list mlist ----permit ethernet g1 permit ethernet g9 ! (Note: all other access implicitly denied) show management access-class The show management access-class Privileged EXEC mode command displays the active management access-list. Management ACL 193 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax show management access-class Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the management access-list information. Console# show management access-class Management access-class is enabled, using access list mlist 194 Management ACL PHY Diagnostics Commands test copper-port tdr The test copper-port tdr Privileged EXEC mode command diagnoses with TDR (Time Domain Reflectometry) technology the quality and characteristics of a copper cable attached to a port. Syntax test copper-port tdr interface • interface—A valid Ethernet port. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • The port under test should be conducted when the fiber link is down. NOTE: The maximum distance VCT can function is 120 meters. Examples The following example results in a report on the cable attached to port g3. Console# test copper-port tdr g3 Cable is open at 100 meters show copper-ports tdr The show copper-ports tdr Privileged EXEC mode command display the last TDR (Time Domain Reflectometry) tests on specified ports. Syntax show copper-ports tdr [interface] • interface—A valid Ethernet port. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. PHY Diagnostics Commands 195 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the last TDR (Time Domain Reflectometry) tests on all ports. Console# show copper-ports tdr Port Result Length [meters] Date ---- ------- -------- ----- g1 OK g2 Short 50 13:32:00 23 July 2003 g3 Test has not been performed g4 Short 128 13:32:00 23 July 2003 g5 Fiber - - show copper-ports cable-length The show copper-ports cable-length Privileged EXEC mode command displays the estimated copper cable length attached to a port. Syntax show copper-ports cable-length [interface] • interface—A valid Ethernet port. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • 196 The port must be active and working in 1000M. PHY Diagnostics Commands Example The following example displays the estimated copper cable length attached to all ports. Console# show copper-ports cable-length Port Length [meters] ---- --------------------- g1 < 50 g2 Giga link not active g3 110-140 show fiber-ports optical-transceiver The show fiber-ports optical-transceiver Privileged EXEC mode command displays the optical transceiver diagnostics. Syntax show fiber-ports optical-transceiver [interface] [detailed] • interface—A valid Ethernet port. • detailed—Detailed diagnostics. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • To test optical transceivers, ensure a fiber link is up. The test is only supported on Dell supported SFP modules. PHY Diagnostics Commands 197 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Examples The following example displays the optical transceiver diagnostics. console# show fiber-ports optical-transceiver Port Temp Voltage Current Power Output Power Input Power LOS ---- ----- ------- ------ ------ ------ --- g3 Copper g21 W OK E OK OK OK g22 OK OK OK OK OK OK Temp – Internally measured transceiver temperature. Voltage - Internally measured supply voltage. Current – Measured TX bias current. Output Power – Measured TX output power. Input Power – Measured RX LOS – Loss of signal 198 PHY Diagnostics Commands received power. The following example displays detailed optical transceiver diagnostics. console# show fiber-ports optical-transceiver detailed Port Temp [C] Voltage [Volt] Current [mA] Output Power [mWatt ] Input Power [mWatt] LOS ---- ----- ------- ------ ------ ------ --- g23 70 7.27 0.79 3.30 2.50 No g21 70 7.24 0.78 2.20 2.49 No Temp – Internally measured transceiver temperature. Voltage - Internally measured supply voltage. Current – Measured TX bias current. Output Power – Measured TX output power. Input Power – Measured RX received power. LOS – Loss of signal PHY Diagnostics Commands 199 200 PHY Diagnostics Commands www.dell.com | support.dell.com Port Channel Commands interface port-channel The interface port-channel Global Configuration mode command enters the interface configuration mode of a specific port-channel. Syntax interface port-channel port-channel-number • port-channel-number—A valid port-channel trunk index. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • Eight aggregated links can be defined with up to 8 member ports per port channel.Turning off auto-negotiation of an aggregate link may, under some circumstances, make it nonoperational. If the other side has auto-negotiation turned on, it may re-synchronize all members of the aggregated link to half-duplex operation, and may, as per the standards, set them all to inactive. Example The following example enters the context of port-channel number 1. Console (config)# interface port-channel 1 interface range port-channel The interface range port-channel Global Configuration mode command enters the interface configuration mode to configure multiple port-channels. Syntax interface range port-channel {port-channel-range | all} • port-channel-range—List of port-channels to configure. Separate non-consecutive portchannels with a comma and no spaces. A hyphen designates a range of port-channels. • all—All the channel-ports. Port Channel Commands 201 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • Commands under the interface range context are executed independently on each interface in the range: If the command returns an error on one of the interfaces, it will not stop the execution of the command on other interfaces. Example The following example shows how port-channels 1, 2 and 8 are grouped to receive the same command. Console (config)# interface range port-channel 1-2 Console (config-if)# channel-group The channel-group Interface Configuration mode command associates a port with a port-channel. To remove a port from a port channel, use the no form of this command. Syntax channel-group port-channel-number mode {on | auto} no channel-group • port-channel_number—Specifies the number of the valid port-channel for the current port to join. • on—Forces the port to join a channel. • auto—Allows the port to join a channel as a result of an LACP operation. Default Configuration The port is not assigned to any port-channel. Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode User Guidelines • 202 There are no user guidelines for this command. Port Channel Commands Example The following example shows how port g5 is configured to port-channel number 1 without LACP. Console (config)# interface ethernet g5 Console (config-if)# channel-group 1 mode on port channel load balance Use the port-channel load-balance global configuration command to configure the load balancing policy of the port channeling. Use the no form of this command to reset to default. Syntax port-channel load-balance {layer-2 | layer-2-3 | layer-2-3-4} no port-channel load-balance • layer-2 — Port channel load balancing is based on layer 2 parameters. • layer-2-3 — Port channel load balancing is based on layer 2 and layer 3 parameters. • layer-2-3-4 — Port channel load balancing is based on layer 2, layer 3 and layer 4 parameters. Default Configuration Layer 2 Command Modes Global Configuration User Guidelines • In L2+L3+L4 load balancing policy, fragmented packets might be reordered. Example The following example configures the load balancing policy of the port channeling on layer 2. Console (config) # port-channel load-balance layer-2 show interfaces port-channel Use the show interfaces port-channel global configuration command to show Port channel information. Syntax show interfaces port-channel [port-channel-number] Port Channel Commands 203 www.dell.com | support.dell.com • port_channel_number — Number of the Port channel to display. (Range: Valid port channel) Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Modes EXEC User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example shows how all port channel information is displayed. Console# show interfaces port-channel Load balancing: Layer2 and Layer 3. Channel Ports ------------- 204 ----------------------------------------- 1 Active: 1, 2 2 Active: 2, 7 3 Active: 3, 8 Port Channel Commands Port Monitor Commands port monitor The port monitor Interface Configuration mode command starts a port monitoring session. To stop a port monitoring session, use the no form of this command. Syntax port monitor src-interface [rx | tx] no port monitor src-interface • src-interface—Valid Ethernet port or port-channel number. • rx—Monitors received packets only. If no option specified, monitors both rx and tx. • tx—Monitors transmitted packets only. If no option specified, monitors both rx and tx. Default Configuration The default is both rx and tx. Command Mode Interface Configuration mode User Guidelines • This command enables traffic on one port to be copied to another port, or between the source port (src-interface) and a destination port (the port being configured). Only a single target port can be defined per system. • The port being monitored cannot be set faster than the monitoring port. • The following restrictions apply to ports configured to be destination ports: • • The port cannot be already configured as a source port. • The port cannot be a member in a port-channel. • An IP interface is not configured on the port. • GVRP is not enabled on the port. • The port is not a member in any VLAN, except for the default VLAN (will automatically be removed from the default VLAN). The following restrictions apply to ports configured to be source ports: • Port monitoring Source Ports must be simple ports, and not port-channels. • The port cannot be already configured as a destination port. • All the frames are transmitted as either always tagged or always untagged. Port Monitor Commands 205 www.dell.com | support.dell.com General Restrictions: • Ports cannot be configured as a group using the interface range ethernet command. NOTE: The Port Mirroring target must be a member of the Ingress VLAN of all Mirroring source ports. Therefore, multicast and broadcast frames in these VLANs are seen more than once. (Actually N, where N is the number of mirroring source ports). When both transmit (Tx) and receive (Rx) directions of more than one port are monitored, the capacity may exceed the bandwidth of the target port. In this case, the division of the monitored packets may not be equal. The user is advised to use caution in assigning port monitoring. Example The following example shows how traffic on port g8 (source port) is copied to port g1 (destination port). Console(config)# interface ethernet g1 Console(config-if)# port monitor g8 show ports monitor The show ports monitor User EXEC mode command displays the port monitoring status. Syntax show ports monitor Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example shows how the port copy status is displayed. 206 Port Monitor Commands Console# show ports monitor Source Port Destination Port Type Status ---------- ---------------- ------------ ------- g1 g8 RX, TX Active g2 g8 RX, TX Active g18 g8 Rx Active Port Monitor Commands 207 208 Port Monitor Commands www.dell.com | support.dell.com QoS Commands qos The qos Global Configuration mode command enables quality of service (QoS) on the device and enters QoS basic mode. Use the no form of this command to disable the QoS features on the device. Syntax qos no qos Default Configuration There is no default configuration for this command. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example shows how QoS is enabled on the device, in basic mode. Console (config)# qos show qos The show qos User EXEC mode command displays the quality of service (QoS) mode for the entire device. Syntax show qos This command has no arguments or keywords. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode QoS Commands 209 www.dell.com | support.dell.com User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays a QoS mode. Console# show qos Trust: dscp Console# show qos Qos: disabled Trust: dscp wrr-queue cos-map The wrr-queue cos-map Global Configuration mode command maps assigned CoS values to select one of the egress queues. To return to the default values, use the no form of this command. Syntax wrr-queue cos-map queue-id cos1...cos8 no wrr-queue cos-map [queue-id] • queue-id—The queue number to which the following CoS values are mapped. • cos1...cos8—Map to specific queues up to eight CoS values from 0 to 7. Default Configuration The map default values for 4 queues: • CoS value 1 select queue 1 • CoS value 2 select queue 1 • CoS value 0 select queue 2 • CoS value 3 select queue 2 • CoS value 4 select queue 3 • CoS value 5 select queue 3 • CoS value 6 select queue 4 • CoS value 7 select queue 4 Command Mode Global Configuration mode 210 QoS Commands User Guidelines • You can use this command to distribute traffic into different queues, where each queue is configured with different weighted round robin (WRR) parameters. • To enable the expedite queues, use the priority-queue out Interface Configuration mode command wrr-queue cos-map. Example The following example maps CoS 3 to queue 4. Console (config)# wrr-queue cos-map 4 3 wrr-queue bandwidth The wrr-queue bandwidth Interface Configuration mode command assigns Weighted Round Robin (WRR) weights to egress queues. The weights ratio determines the frequency in which the packet scheduler dequeues packets from each queue. To return to the default values, use the no form of this command. Syntax wrr-queue bandwidth weight1 weight2 ... weight_4 no wrr-queue bandwidth • weight1...weight_4—Sets the bandwidth ratio by the WRR packet scheduler for the packet queues. Separate each value by spaces. (Range: 6 - 255) Default Configuration The default WRR weight is 1/4 ratio for all queues (each weight set to 6). Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port channel) mode User Guidelines • The ratio for each queue is defined by the queue weight divided by the sum of all queue weights (i.e., the normalized weight). This actually sets the bandwidth allocation of each queue. • A weight of 0 means no bandwidth is allocated for the same queue, and the share bandwidth is divided among the remaining queues. • All 4 queues are participating excluding the queues that are assigned as expedite queues. The weights of these queues are ignored in the ratio calculation. • All 4 queues participate in the WRR exclude the expedite queues, in which case the corresponded weight is ignored (not used in the ratio calculation). The expedite queue is a priority queue, and it is serviced until empty before the other queues are serviced. QoS Commands 211 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example assigns WRR weights to egress queues. Console(config)# priority-queue num-of-queues 1 Console(config)# interface ethernet g1 Console(config-if)# wrr-queue bandwidth 20 30 50 Console(config)# priority-queue num-of-queues 0 Console(config)# interface ethernet g3 Console(config-if)# wrr-queue bandwidth 20 30 50 10 priority-queue out num-of-queues The priority-queue out num-of-queues Global Configuration mode command enables the egress queues to be expedite queues. Use the no form of this command to return to the default values. Syntax priority-queue out num-of-queues number-of-queues no priority-queue out num-of-queues • number-of-queues—Assign the number of queues to be expedite queues. The expedite queues would be the queues with higher indexes. (Range: 1 - 4) Default Configuration All queues are expedite queues. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines 212 • When configuring the priority-queue out num-of-queues command, the weighted round robin (WRR) weight ratios are affected because there are fewer queues participating in WRR. • Queue 4 is taken as the highest index queue. Queue 3 is taken as the next highest queue. If two priority queues are selected then queue 4 and 3 will be used. Leaving queue 2 and 1 for WRR. QoS Commands Example The following example sets queue 4, 3 to be expedite queues. Console (config)# priority-queue out num-of-queues 2 show qos interface The show qos interface User EXEC mode command displays interface QoS data. Syntax show qos interface [ethernet interface-number | queuing] • ethernet interface-number—Ethernet port number. • queuing—Displays the queue strategy (WRR or EF), the weight for WRR queues, the CoS to queue map and the EF priority. Default Configuration There is no default configuration for this command. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines If no keyword is specified with the show qos interface command, the port QoS mode (DSCP trusted, CoS trusted, untrusted), default CoS value, attached to the port, attached to the interface are displayed. If a specific interface is not specified, the information for all interfaces is displayed. Examples The following example displays output from the show qos interface g1 queueing command. QoS Commands 213 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Console# show qos interface ethernet g1 queuing Ethernet g1 wrr bandwidth weights and EF priority: qid weights Ef Priority 1 125 dis N/A 2 125 dis N/A 3 125 dis N/A 4 125 dis N/A Cos-queue map: cos qid 0 2 1 1 2 1 3 2 4 3 5 3 6 4 7 4 qos map dscp-queue The qos map dscp-queue Global Configuration mode command modifies the DSCP to queue map. To return to the default map, use the no form of this command. Syntax qos map dscp-queue dscp-list to queue-id no qos map dscp-queue 214 • dscp-list—Specify up to 8 DSCP values, separate each DSCP with a space. (Range: 0 - 63) • queue-id—Enter the queue number to which the DSCP value corresponds. QoS Commands Default Configuration The following table describes the default map. DSCP value 0-15 16-31 32-47 48-63 Queue-ID 1 2 3 4 Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • Queue settings for 3, 11, 19, ... cannot be modified. Example The following example maps DSCP values 33, 40 and 41 to queue 1. Console (config)# qos map dscp-queue 33 40 41 to 1 qos trust (Global) The qos trust Global Configuration mode command can be used to configure the system to "trust" state. To return to the default state, use the no form of this command. Syntax qos trust {cos | dscp} no qos trust • cos—Classifies ingress packets with the packet CoS values. For untagged packets, the port default CoS is used. • dscp—Classifies ingress packets with the packet DSCP values. Default Configuration CoS is the default trust mode. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • Packets entering a quality of service (QoS) domain are classified at the edge of the QoS domain. When the packets are classified at the edge, the switch port within the QoS domain can be configured to one of the trusted states because there is no need to classify the packets at every switch within the domain. QoS Commands 215 www.dell.com | support.dell.com • Use this command to specify whether the port is trusted and which fields of the packet to use to classify traffic. • To return to the untrusted state, use the no qos command to apply best effort service. Example The following example configures the system to DSCP trust state. Console (config)# qos trust dscp qos trust (Interface) The qos trust Interface Configuration mode command enables each port trust state. To disable the trust state on each port, use the no form of this command. Syntax qos trust no qos trust Default Configuration Each port is enabled while the system is operational. Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • Use no qos trust to disable the trust mode on each port. Use qos trust to enable trust mode on each port. Example The following example configures port g5 to default trust state (CoS). Console (config)# interface ethernet g5 Console (config-if) qos trust qos cos The qos cos Interface Configuration mode command configures the default port CoS value. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command. Syntax qos cos default-cos no qos cos 216 QoS Commands • default-cos—Specifies the default CoS value being assigned to the port. If the port is trusted and the packet is untagged then the default CoS value becomes the CoS value. (Range: 0 - 7) Default Configuration Port CoS is 0. Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) command User Guidelines • You can use the default value to assign a CoS value to all untagged packets entering the port. Example The following example configures port g5 default CoS value to 3. Console (config)# interface ethernet g5 Console (config-if) qos cos 3 show qos map The show qos map User EXEC mode command displays all the QoS maps. Syntax show qos map [dscp-queue] • dscp-queue—Displays the DSCP to queue map. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. QoS Commands 217 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example displays the DSCP port-queue map. console# show qos map Dscp-queue map: d1 : d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 --------------------------------------0 : 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 1 : 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 2 : 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 3 : 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 4 : 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 5 : 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 6 : 04 04 04 04 The following table describes the fields used above. Column Description D1 Decimal Bit 1 of DSCP D2 Decimal Bit 2 of DSCP 01 - 04 Queue numbers (D1 x 10) + D2 = Value of DSCP 218 QoS Commands Radius Commands radius-server host The radius-server host Global Configuration mode command specifies a RADIUS server host. To delete the specified RADIUS host, use the no form of this command. Syntax radius-server host {ip-address | hostname} [auth-port auth-port-number] [timeout timeout] [retransmit retransmit] [deadtime deadtime] [key key] [source source] [priority priority] [usage type] no radius-server host ip-address • ip-address—IP address of the RADIUS server host. • hostname—Hostname of the RADIUS server host.(Range: 1 - 158 characters) • auth-port-number—Port number for authentication requests. The host is not used for authentication if set to 0. If unspecified, the port number defaults to 1812. (Range: 0 - 65535) • timeout—Specifies the timeout value in seconds. If no timeout value is specified, the global value is used. (Range: 1 - 30) • retransmit—Specifies the re-transmit value. If no re-transmit value is specified, the global value is used. (Range: 1 - 10) • deadtime—Length of time, in minutes, for which a RADIUS server is skipped over by transaction requests. (Range 0 - 2000) • key—Specifies the authentication and encryption key for all RADIUS communications between the device and the RADIUS server. This key must match the encryption used on the RADIUS daemon. If no key value is specified, the global value is used. (Range: 1 - 128 characters) • source—Specifies the source IP address to use for the communication. If no retransmit value is specified, the global value is used. 0.0.0.0 is interpreted as request to use the IP address of the outgoing IP interface. • priority—Determines the order in which the servers are used, where 0 is the highest priority. (Range: 0 - 65535) • type—Specifies the usage type of the server. Can be one of the following values: login, 802.1x or all. If unspecified, defaults to all. Default Configuration By default, no RADIUS host is specified. Radius Commands 219 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • To specify multiple hosts, multiple radius-server host commands can be used. • If no host-specific timeout, retransmit, deadtime or key values are specified, the global values apply to each host. • The address type of the source parameter must be the same as the ip-address parameter. Example The following example specifies a RADIUS server host with the following characteristics: • Server host IP address—192.168.10.1 • Authentication port number—20 • Timeout period—20 seconds Console (config)# radius-server host 192.168.10.1 auth-port 20 timeout 20 radius-server key The radius-server key Global Configuration mode command sets the authentication and encryption key for all RADIUS communications between the device and the RADIUS daemon. To reset to the default, use the no form of this command. Syntax radius-server key [key-string] no radius-server key • key-string—Specifies the authentication and encryption key for all RADIUS communications between the device and the RADIUS server. This key must match the encryption used on the RADIUS daemon. The key can be up to 128 characters long. Default Configuration The default is an empty string. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • 220 There are no user guidelines for this command. Radius Commands Example The following example sets the authentication and encryption key for all RADIUS communications between the device and the RADIUS daemon to "dell-server". Console (config)# radius-server key dell-server radius-server retransmit The radius-server retransmit Global Configuration mode command specifies the number of times the software searches the list of RADIUS server hosts. To reset the default configuration, use the no form of this command. Syntax radius-server retransmit retries no radius-server retransmit • retries—Specifies the retransmit value. (Range: 1 - 10) Default Configuration The default is 3 attempts. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example configures the number of times the software searches the list of RADIUS server hosts to 5 attempts. Console (config)# radius-server retransmit 5 radius-server source-ip The radius-server source-ip Global Configuration mode command specifies the source IP address used for communication with RADIUS servers. To return to the default, use the no form of this command. Syntax radius-server source-ip source no radius-server-ip source • source—Specifies the source IP address. Radius Commands 221 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Default Configuration The default IP address is the outgoing IP interface. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example configures the source IP address used for communication with RADIUS servers to 10.1.1.1. Console (config)# radius-server source-ip 10.1.1.1 radius-server timeout The radius-server timeout Global Configuration mode command sets the interval for which a device waits for a server host to reply. To restore the default, use the no form of this command. Syntax radius-server timeout timeout no radius-server timeout • timeout—Specifies the timeout value in seconds. (Range: 1 - 30) Default Configuration The default value is 3 seconds. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example sets the interval for which a device waits for a server host to reply to 5 seconds. Console (config)# radius-server timeout 5 222 Radius Commands radius-server deadtime The radius-server deadtime Global Configuration mode command improves RADIUS response times when servers are unavailable. The command is used to cause the unavailable servers to be skipped. To reset the default value, use the no form of this command. Syntax radius-server deadtime deadtime no radius-server deadtime • deadtime—Length of time in minutes, for which a RADIUS server is skipped over by transaction requests. (Range: 0 - 2000) Default Configuration The default dead time is 0 minutes. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example sets a dead time where a RADIUS server is skipped over by transaction requests for this period, to 10 minutes. Console (config)# radius-server deadtime 10 show radius-servers The show radius-servers User EXEC mode command displays the RADIUS server settings. Syntax show radius-servers Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Radius Commands 223 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Examples The following example displays the RADIUS server settings. Console# show radius-servers IP address Port --------- Time Auth Out ---- Dead time Source IP Priority Usage ----- ---------- ------ ----- ------- ----- 172.16.1.1 1645 Global Global Global Global 1 All 172.16.1.2 1645 11 8 Global Global 2 All Global values -------------TimeOut: 3 Retransmit: 3 Deadtime: 0 Source IP: 172.16.8.1 224 Retransmit Radius Commands RMON Commands show rmon statistics The show rmon statistics User EXEC mode command displays RMON Ethernet Statistics. Syntax show rmon statistics {ethernet interface number | port-channel port-channel-number} • interface—Valid Ethernet port. • port-channel-number—Valid port-channel trunk index. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • The following RMON Groups are supported - Ethernet Statistics (Group1), History (Group 2), Alarms (Group 3) and Events (Group 4). Example The following example displays RMON Ethernet Statistics for port g1. Console# show rmon statistics ethernet g1 Port g1 Dropped: 8 Octets: 878128 Packets: 978 Broadcast: 7 Multicast: 1 CRC Align Errors: 0 Collisions: 0 Undersize Pkts: 0 Oversize Pkts: 0 Fragments: 0 Jabbers: 0 64 Octets: 98 65 to 127 Octets: 0 128 to 255 Octets: 0 256 to 511 Octets: 0 512 to 1023 Octets: 491 1024 to 1518 Octets: 389 RMON Commands 225 www.dell.com | support.dell.com The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display: 226 Field Description Dropped The total number of events in which packets are dropped by the probe due to lack of resources. This number is not always the number of packets dropped; it is the number of times this condition has been detected. Octets The total number of octets of data (including those in bad packets) received on the network (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). Packets The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received. Broadcast The total number of good packets received and directed to the broadcast address. This does not include multicast packets. Multicast The total number of good packets received and directed to a multicast address. This number does not include packets directed to the broadcast address. CRC Align Errors The total number of packets received with a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but with either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error). Undersize Pkts The total number of packets received less than 64 octets long (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) and otherwise well formed. Oversize Pkts The total number of packets received longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) and otherwise well formed. Fragments The total number of packets received less than 64 octets in length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) and either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error). Jabbers The total number of packets received longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets), and either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error). Collisions The best estimate of the total number of collisions on this Ethernet segment. 64 Octets The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are 64 octets in length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). 65 to 127 Octets The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are between 65 and 127 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). 128 to 255 Octets The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are between 128 and 255 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). RMON Commands 256 to 511 Octets The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are between 256 and 511 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). 512 to 1023 Octets The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are between 512 and 1023 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). 1024 to 1518 Octets The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are between 1024 and 1518 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). rmon collection history The rmon collection history Interface Configuration mode command enables a Remote Monitoring (RMON) MIB history statistics group on an interface. To remove a specified RMON history statistics group, use the no form of this command. Syntax rmon collection history index [owner ownername] [buckets bucket-number] [interval seconds] no rmon collection history index • index—The requested statistics index group. (Range: 1 - 65535) • owner ownername—Records the RMON statistics group owner name. If unspecified, the name is an empty string. • buckets bucket-number—A value associated with the number of buckets specified for the RMON collection history group of statistics. If unspecified, defaults to 50. (Range: 1 - 65535) • interval seconds—The number of seconds in each polling cycle. If unspecified, defaults to 1800. (Range: 1 - 3600) Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • This command cannot be executed on multiple ports using the interface range ethernet command. RMON Commands 227 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example enables a Remote Monitoring (RMON) MIB history statistics group on port g8 with the index number "1" and a polling interval period of 2400 seconds. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# rmon collection history 1 interval 2400 show rmon collection history The show rmon collection history User EXEC mode command displays the requested history group configuration. Syntax show rmon collection history [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number] • interface—Valid Ethernet port. • port-channel-number—Valid port-channel trunk index. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays all RMON group statistics. Console# show rmon collection history 228 Index Interface ------ ---------- -------- --------- ---------- ---- 1 1 50 RMON Commands Interval Requested Samples 1000 50 Granted Samples Owner CLI The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display: Field Description Index An index that uniquely identifies the entry. Interface The sampled Ethernet interface Interval The interval in seconds between samples. Requested Samples The requested number of samples to be saved. Granted Samples The granted number of samples to be saved. Owner The entity that configured this entry. show rmon history The show rmon history User EXEC mode command displays RMON Ethernet Statistics history. Syntax show rmon history index {throughput | errors | other} [period seconds] • index—The requested set of samples. (Range: 1 - 65535) • throughput—Displays throughput counters. • errors—Displays error counters. • other—Displays drop and collision counters. • period seconds—Specifies the requested period time to display. (Range: 1 - 4294967295) Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. RMON Commands 229 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Examples The following example displays RMON Ethernet Statistics history for "throughput" on index number 5. Console# show rmon history 5 throughput Sample Set: 1 Owner: CLI Interface: g1 Interval: 1800 Requested samples: 50 Granted samples: 50 Maximum table size: 500 Time Octets Broadcast Multicast % ------------------ --------- ------- Packets ---------- --------- ----- Jan 18 2002 21:57:00 303595962 357568 3289 7287 19.98% Jan 18 2002 21:57:30 287696304 275686 2789 2789 20.17% The following example displays RMON Ethernet Statistics history for "errors" on index number 5. Console# show rmon history 5 errors Sample Set: 1 Owner: CLI Interface: g1 Interval: 1800 Requested samples: 50 Granted samples: 50 Maximum table size: 500 Time CRC Align Undersize Oversize Fragments Jabbers ------------------ --------- Jan 18 2002 21:57:00 1 --------- -------- --------- ------- 1 49 0 0 Jan 18 2002 21:57:30 1 1 27 0 0 The following example displays RMON Ethernet Statistics history for "other" on index number 5. 230 RMON Commands Console# show rmon history 5 other Sample Set: 1 Owner: CLI Interface: g1 Interval: 1800 Requested samples: 50 Granted samples: 50 Maximum table size: 500 Time Dropped Collisions ------------------ -------- --------Jan 18 2002 21:57:00 3 0 Jan 18 2002 21:57:30 3 0 The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display: Field Description Time Date and Time the entry is recorded. Octets The total number of octets of data (including those in bad packets) received on the network (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). Packets The number of packets (including bad packets) received during this sampling interval. Broadcast The number of good packets received during this sampling interval that were directed to the broadcast address. Multicast The number of good packets received during this sampling interval that were directed to a multicast address. This number does not include packets addressed to the broadcast address. Utilization% The best estimate of the mean physical layer network utilization on this interface during this sampling interval, in hundredths of a percent. CRC Align The number of packets received during this sampling interval that had a length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error). Undersize The number of packets received during this sampling interval that were less than 64 octets long (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) and were otherwise well formed. RMON Commands 231 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Oversize The number of packets received during this sampling interval that were longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) but were otherwise well formed. Fragments The total number of packets received during this sampling interval that were less than 64 octets in length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error), or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (AlignmentError). It is normal for etherHistoryFragments to increment because it counts both runts (which are normal occurrences due to collisions) and noise hits. Jabbers The number of packets received during this sampling interval that were longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets), and had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error). Dropped The total number of events in which packets were dropped by the probe due to lack of resources during this sampling interval. This number is not necessarily the number of packets dropped, it is just the number of times this condition has been detected. Collisions The best estimate of the total number of collisions on this Ethernet segment during this sampling interval. rmon alarm The rmon alarm Global Configuration mode command configures alarm conditions. To remove an alarm, use the no form of this command. Syntax rmon alarm index variable interval rthreshold fthreshold revent fevent [type type] [startup direction] [owner name] no rmon alarm index 232 • index—The alarm index. (Range: 1 - 65535) • variable—The object identifier of the particular variable to be sampled. • interval—The interval in seconds over which the data is sampled and compared with the rising and falling thresholds. (Range: 1 - 2147483648) • rthreshold—Rising Threshold. (Range: 1 - 4294967295) • fthreshold—Falling Threshold. (Range: 1 - 4294967295) • revent—The Event index used when a rising threshold is crossed.(Range: 1 - 65535) • fevent—The Event index used when a falling threshold is crossed. (Range: 1 - 65535) RMON Commands • type type—The sampling method for the selected variable and calculating the value to be compared against the thresholds. If the method is absolute, the value of the selected variable is compared directly with the thresholds at the end of the sampling interval. If the method is delta, the selected variable value at the last sample is subtracted from the current value, and the difference compared with the thresholds. • startup direction—The alarm that may be sent when this entry is first set to valid. If the first sample (after this entry becomes valid) is greater than or equal to the rthreshold, and direction is equal to rising or rising-falling, then a single rising alarm is generated. If the first sample (after this entry becomes valid) is less than or equal to the fthreshold, and direction is equal to falling or rising-falling, then a single falling alarm is generated. • owner name—Enter a name that specifies who configured this alarm. If unspecified, the name is an empty string. Default Configuration The following parameters have the following default values: • type type—If unspecified, the type is absolute. • startup direction—If unspecified, the startup direction is rising-falling. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example configures the following alarm conditions: • Alarm index—1000 • Variable identifier—dell • Sample interval—360000 seconds • Rising threshold—1000000 • Falling threshold—1000000 • Rising threshold event index—10 • Falling threshold event index—20 Console (config)# rmon alarm 1000 dell 360000 1000000 1000000 10 20 show rmon alarm-table The show rmon alarm-table User EXEC mode command displays the alarms summary table. RMON Commands 233 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax show rmon alarm-table Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the alarms summary table. Console# show rmon alarm-table Index OID Owner ----- ------------------- -------------- 1 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.1 CLI 2 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.1 Manager 3 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.9 CLI The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display: Field Description Index An index that uniquely identifies the entry. OID Monitored variable OID. Owner The entity that configured this entry. show rmon alarm The show rmon alarm User EXEC mode command displays alarm configuration. Syntax show rmon alarm number • 234 number—Alarm index. (Range: 1 - 65535) RMON Commands Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays RMON 1 alarms. Console# show rmon alarm 1 Alarm 1 ------OID: 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.1 Last sample Value: 878128 Interval: 30 Sample Type: delta Startup Alarm: rising Rising Threshold: 8700000 Falling Threshold: 78 Rising Event: 1 Falling Event: 1 Owner: CLI The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display: Field Description OID Monitored variable OID. Last Sample Value The statistic value during the last sampling period. For example, if the sample type is delta, this value is the difference between the samples at the beginning and end of the period. If the sample type is absolute, this value is the sampled value at the end of the period. Alarm Alarm index. Owner The entity that configured this entry. RMON Commands 235 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Interval The interval in seconds over which the data is sampled and compared with the rising and falling thresholds. Sample Type The method of sampling the variable and calculating the value compared against the thresholds. If the value is absolute, the value of the variable is compared directly with the thresholds at the end of the sampling interval. If the value is delta, the value of the variable at the last sample is subtracted from the current value, and the difference compared with the thresholds. Startup Alarm The alarm that may be sent when this entry is first set. If the first sample is greater than or equal to the rising threshold, and startup alarm is equal to rising or rising and falling, then a single rising alarm is generated. If the first sample is less than or equal to the falling threshold, and startup alarm is equal falling or rising and falling, then a single falling alarm is generated. Rising Threshold A sampled statistic threshold. When the current sampled value is greater than or equal to this threshold, and the value at the last sampling interval is less than this threshold, a single event is generated. Falling Threshold A sampled statistic threshold. When the current sampled value is less than or equal to this threshold, and the value at the last sampling interval is greater than this threshold, a single event is generated. Rising Event The event index used when a rising threshold is crossed. Falling Event The event index used when a falling threshold is crossed. rmon event The rmon event Global Configuration mode command configures an event. To remove an event, use the no form of this command. Syntax rmon event index type [community text] [description text] [owner name] no rmon event index 236 • index—The event index. (Range: 1 - 65535) • type—The type of notification that the device generates about this event. Can have the following values: none, log, trap, log-trap. In the case of log, an entry is made in the log table for each event. In the case of trap, an SNMP trap is sent to one or more management stations. • community text—If an SNMP trap is to be sent, it is sent to the SNMP community specified by this octet string. (Range: 0-127 characters) • description text—A comment describing this event. (Range: 0-127 characters) • owner name—Enter a name that specifies who configured this event. If unspecified, the name is an empty string. (Range: 0-127 characters) RMON Commands Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example configures an event with the trap index of 10. Console (config)# rmon event 10 log show rmon events The show rmon events User EXEC mode command displays the RMON event table. Syntax show rmon events Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the RMON event table. RMON Commands 237 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Console# show rmon events Index Description Type Community Owner ----- ----------- -------- --------- ------- -------------------- 1 Errors Log 2 High Broadcast Log-Trap CLI device Last time sent Jan 18 2002 23:58:17 Manager Jan 18 2002 23:59:48 The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display: Field Description Index An index that uniquely identifies the event. Description A comment describing this event. Type The type of notification that the device generates about this event. Can have the following values: none, log, trap, log-trap. In the case of log, an entry is made in the log table for each event. In the case of trap, an SNMP trap is sent to one or more management stations. Community If an SNMP trap is to be sent, it is sent to the SNMP community specified by this octet string. Owner The entity that configured this event. Last time sent The time this entry last generated an event. If this entry has not generated any events, this value is zero. show rmon log The show rmon log User EXEC mode command displays the RMON logging table. Syntax show rmon log [event] • event—Event index. (Range: 0 - 65535) Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode 238 RMON Commands User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the RMON logging table. Console# show rmon log Maximum table size: 500 Event Description Time ------- -------------- --------- 1 Errors Jan 18 2002 23:48:19 1 Errors Jan 18 2002 23:58:17 2 High Broadcast Jan 18 2002 23:59:48 Console# show rmon log Maximum table size: 500 (800 after reset) Event Description Time ------- -------------- --------- 1 Errors Jan 18 2002 23:48:19 1 Errors Jan 18 2002 23:58:17 2 High Broadcast Jan 18 2002 23:59:48 The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display: Field Description Event An index that uniquely identifies the event. Description A comment describing this event. Time The time this entry created. RMON Commands 239 www.dell.com | support.dell.com rmon table-size The rmon table-size Global Configuration mode command configures the maximum RMON tables sizes. To return to the default configuration, use the no form of this command. Syntax rmon table-size {history entries | log entries} no rmon table-size {history | log} • history entries—Maximum number of history table entries. (Range: 20 - 32767) • log entries—Maximum number of log table entries. (Range: 20 - 32767) Default Configuration History table size is 270. Log table size is 200. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • The configured table size is effective after the device is rebooted. Example The following example configures the maximum RMON history table sizes to 1000 entries. Console (config)# rmon table-size history 1000 240 RMON Commands SNMP Commands snmp-server community Use the snmp-server community command to set up the community access string to permit access to the Simple Network Management Protocol command. Use the no form of this command removes the specified community string. Syntax snmp-server community community [ro | rw | su] [ip-address] [view view-name] snmp-server community-group community group-name [ip-address] no snmp-server community community [ip-address] • community — Community string that acts like a password and permits access to the SNMP protocol. (Range :1- 20 chars) • ro — Specifies read-only access (Default) • rw — Specifies read-write access • su — Specifies SNMP administrator access • view view-name — Name of a previously defined view. The view defines the objects available to the community. It’s not relevant for su, which has an access to the whole MIB. If unspecified, all the objects except of the community-table and SNMPv3 user and access tables are available. (Range: 1- 30 chars) • ip-address — Management station IP address. Default is all IP addresses. An out-of-band IP address can be specified as described in the usage guidelines. (Range: Valid IP address) • group-name — Name of a previously defined group. The group defines the objects available to the community. (Range :1- 30 chars) Default Configuration There are no default communities defined. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • You can’t specify view-name for su, which has an access to the whole MIB. • You can use the view-name to restrict the access rights of a community string. By specifying the view-name parameter the software: 1 Generates an internal security-name. SNMP Commands 241 www.dell.com | support.dell.com • 2 Map the internal security-name for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 security models to an internal group-name. 3 Map the internal group-name for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 security models to view-name (read-view and notify-view always, and for rw for write-view also) You can use the group-name to restrict the access rights of a community string. By specifying the group-name parameter the software: 1 Generates an internal security-name. 2 Map the internal security-name for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 security models to the groupname. Examples The following example sets up the community access string "public" to permit administrative access to SNMP protocol, at an administrative station with the IP address 192.168.1.20. Console (config)# snmp-server community public su 192.168.1.20 snmp-server view To create or update a view entry, use the snmp-server view global configuration command. To remove the specified Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) server view entry, use the no form of this command. Syntax snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded} no snmp-server view view-name [oid-tree] • view-name — Label for the view record that you are updating or creating. The name is used to reference the record. (Range:1 - 30 chars) • oid-tree — Object identifier of the ASN.1 subtree to be included or excluded from the view. To identify the subtree, specify a text string consisting of numbers, such as 1.3.6.2.4, or a word, such as system. Replace a single subidentifier with the asterisk (*) wildcard to specify a subtree family; for example 1.3.*.4. • included — The view type is included. • excluded — The view type is excluded. Default Setting "Default" and "DefaultSuper" views exists. Command Mode Global configuration 242 SNMP Commands User Guidelines • You can enter this command multiple times for the same view record. • The number of views is limited to 64. • "Default" and "DefaultSuper" views exist. Those views are used by the software internally and can't be deleted or modified. Example The following example creates a view that includes all objects in the MIB-II system group except for sysServices (System 7) and all objects for interface 1 in the MIB-II interfaces group: Console (config)# snmp-server view user-view system included Console (config)# snmp-server view user-view system.7 excluded Console (config)# snmp-server view user-view ifEntry.*.1 include snmp-server filter To create or update a filter entry, use the snmp-server filter global configuration command. To remove the specified Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) server filter entry, use the no form of this command. Syntax snmp-server filter filter-name oid-tree {included | excluded} no snmp-server filter filter-name [oid-tree] • filter-name — Label for the filter record that you are updating or creating. The name is used to reference the record. (Range: Up to 30 characters). • oid-tree — Object identifier of the ASN.1 subtree to be included or excluded from the view. To identify the subtree, specify a text string consisting of numbers, such as 1.3.6.2.4, or a word, such as system. Replace a single subidentifier with the asterisk (*) wildcard to specify a subtree family; for example 1.3.*.4. • included — The filter type is included. • excluded — The filter type is excluded. Default Configuration Product specific. Command Modes Global Configuration SNMP Commands 243 www.dell.com | support.dell.com User Guidelines • You can enter this command multiple times for the same filter record. Later lines take precedence when an object identifier is included in two or more lines. . Example The following example creates a filter that includes all objects in the MIB-II system group except for sysServices (System 7) and all objects for interface 1 in the MIB-II interfaces group: Console (config)# snmp-server view user-view system included Console (config)# snmp-server view user-view system.7 excluded Console (config)# snmp-server view user-view ifEntry.*.1 included snmp-server contact The snmp-server contact Global Configuration mode command sets up a system contact. To remove the system contact information, use the no form of the command. Syntax snmp-server contact text no snmp-server contact • text—Character string, up to 160 characters, describing the system contact information. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • Do not include spaces in the text string. Example The following example displays setting up the system contact point as "Dell_Technical_Support". Console (config)# snmp-server contact Dell_Technical_Support snmp-server location The snmp-server location Global Configuration mode command sets up information on where the device is located. To remove the location string use, the no form of this command. 244 SNMP Commands Syntax snmp-server location text no snmp-server location • text—Character string, up to 160 characters, describing the system location. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • Do not include spaces in the text string. Example The following example sets the device location as "New_York". Console (config)# snmp-server location New_York snmp-server enable traps The snmp-server enable traps Global Configuration mode command enables the switch to send SNMP traps. To disable SNMP traps use the no form of the command. Syntax snmp-server enable traps no snmp-server enable traps Default Configuration Enabled Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example displays the command to enable SNMP traps. Console (config)# snmp-server enable traps SNMP Commands 245 www.dell.com | support.dell.com snmp-server trap authentication The snmp-server trap authentication Global Configuration mode command enables the switch to send Simple Network Management Protocol traps when authentication fails. To disable SNMP authentication failed traps, use the no form of this command. Syntax snmp-server trap authentication no snmp-server trap authentication Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example displays the command to enable authentication failed SNMP traps. Console (config)# snmp-server trap authentication snmp-server host To specify the recipient of Simple Network Management Protocol notification operation, use the snmp-server host global configuration command. Use the no form of this command to remove the specified host. Syntax snmp-server host {ip-address | hostname} community-string [traps | informs] [1 | 2] [udp-port port] [filter filtername] [timeout seconds] [retries retries] no snmp-server host {ip-address | hostname} [traps | informs] 246 • ip-address — Internet address of the host (the targeted recipient). An out-of-band IP address can be specified as described in the usage guidelines. • hostname — Hostname of the host. (Range: 1 - 158 characters). • community-string — Password-like community string sent with the notification operation. (Range: 1 - 20 chars) • traps — Sends SNMP traps to this host (Default). • informs— Sends SNMP informs to this host. Not applicable to SNMPv1. SNMP Commands • 1— SNMPv1 traps will be used. • 2— SNMPv2 traps will be used (Default). • udp-port port — UDP port of the host to use. The default is 162. (Range: 1 - 65535) • filter filtername — A string that is the name of the filter that define the filter for this host. If unspecified, does not filter anything. (Range : Up to 30 characters). • timeout seconds — Number of seconds to wait for an acknowledgment before resending informs. The default is 15 seconds. (Range :1 - 300) • retries retries — Maximum number of times to resend an inform request, when response is not received for generated message. The default is 3. (Range: 0 - 255) Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • When configuring snmp v1 or v2 notification recipients, the software should automatically generate notification views for those recipients, for all MIBs. Example The following example specifies the recipient of Simple Network Management Protocol notification operation. Console (config)# snmp-server host 10.1.1.1 management 2 snmp-server set The snmp-server set Global Configuration mode command sets SNMP MIB value by the CLI. Syntax snmp-server set variable-name name1 value1 [name2 value2 …] • variable-name — MIB variable name. • name value.— List of name and value pairs. In case of scalar MIBs there is only a single pair of name values. In case of entry in a table the first pairs are the indexes, followed by one or more fields. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. SNMP Commands 247 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • Although the CLI can set any required configuration, there might be a situation where a SNMP user sets a MIB variable that does not have an equivalent command. In order to generate configuration files that support those situations, the snmp-server set command is used. • This command is context sensitive. Examples The following example sets the scalar MIB "sysName" to have the value "dell". Console (config)# snmp-server set sysName sysname dell The following example sets the entry MIB "rndCommunityTable" with keys 0.0.0.0 and "public". The field rndCommunityAccess gets the value "super" and the rest of the fields get their default values. Console (config)# snmp-server set rndCommunityTable rndCommunityMngStationAddr 0.0.0.0 rndCommunityString public rndCommunityAccess super snmp-server group To configure a new Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) group, or a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views, use the snmp-server group global configuration command. To remove a specified SNMP group, use the no form of this command. Syntax snmp-server group groupname {v1 | v2 | v3 {noauth | auth | priv} [notify notifyview ] } [context name] [read readview] [write writeview] no snmp-server group groupname [v1 | v2 | v3 [noauth | auth | priv]] [context name] 248 • groupname — The name of the group. (Range: Up to 30 characters) • v1 — SNMP Version 1 security model. • v2 — SNMP Version 2 security model. • v3 — SNMP Version 3 security model. • noauth — Specifies no authentication of a packet. Applicable only to SNMP Version 3 security model. • auth — Specifies authentication of a packet without encrypting it. Applicable only to SNMP Version 3 security model. SNMP Commands • priv —Specifies authentication of a packet with encryption. Applicable only to SNMP Version 3 security model. • context name — Specifies context of packet. • read readview — A string that is the name of the view that enables you only to view the contents of the agent. If unspecified, all the objects except of the community-table and SNMPv3 user and access tables are available. (Range: Up to 30 characters) • write writeview — A string that is the name of the view that enables you to enter data and configure the contents of the agent. If unspecified, nothing is defined for the write view. (Range: Up to 30 characters) • notify notifyview — A string that is the name of the view that enables you to specify an inform or a trap. If unspecified, nothing is defined for the notify view. (Range: Up to 30 characters) Default configuration No group entry exists. Command Mode Global configuration User Guidelines • The Router context is translated to "" context in the MIB. Example The following example configures a new Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) group or a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views Console (config)# snmp-server group user-group v3 priv read user-view snmp-server user To configure a new SNMP Version 3 user, use the snmp-server user global configuration command. To remove a user, use the no form of the command. Syntax snmp-server user username groupname [remote engineid-string ] [ auth-md5 password | authsha password | auth-md5-key md5-des-keys | auth-sha-key sha-des-keys ] no snmp-server user username [remote engineid-string ] • username — The name of the user on the host that connects to the agent. (Range: Up to 30 characters) SNMP Commands 249 www.dell.com | support.dell.com • groupname — The name of the group to which the user belongs.(Range: Up to 30 characters) • remote engineid-string — Specifies the engine ID of remote SNMP entity to which the user belongs. The engine ID is concatenated hexadecimal string. Each byte in hexadecimal character strings is two hexadecimal digits. Each byte can be separated by a period or colon.(Range: 5 - 32 characters) • auth-md5 —The HMAC-MD5-96 authentication level. The user should enter password. • auth-sha —The HMAC-SHA-96 authentication level. The user should enter password. • password — A password (not to exceed 32 characters) for authentication and generation of DES key for privacy.(Range: Up to 30 characters) • auth-md5-key — The HMAC-MD5-96 authentication level. The user should enter authentication and privacy keys. • md5-des-keys — Concatenated hexadecimal string of the MD5 key (MSB) and the privacy key (LSB). If authentication is only required you should enter 16 bytes, if authentication and privacy are required you should enter 32 bytes. Each byte in hexadecimal character strings is two hexadecimal digits. Each byte can be separated by a period or colon. (Range: 16 - 32 characters) • auth-sha-key—The HMAC-SHA-96 authentication level. The user should enter authentication and privacy keys. • sha-des-keys — Concatenated hexadecimal string of the SHA key (MSB) and the privacy key (LSB). If authentication is only required you should enter 20 bytes, if authentication and privacy are required you should enter 36 bytes. Each byte in hexadecimal character strings is two hexadecimal digits. Each byte can be separated by a period or colon. (Range: 20 - 36 characters) Default configuration No group entry exists. Command Mode Global configuration User Guidelines • If auth-md5 or auth-sha is specified, both authentication and privacy are enabled for the user. When you enter a show running-config command, you will not see a line for this user. To see if this user has been added to the configuration, type the show snmp user command. An SNMP EngineID should be defined in order to add users to the device. Changing or removing the value of snmpEngineID deletes the SNMPv3 users database. 250 SNMP Commands Example The following example configures a new SNMP Version 3 user. Console (config)# snmp-server user snmp-server v3-host The snmp-server v3-host Global Configuration mode command specifies the recipient of Simple Network Management Protocol Version 3 notifications. To remove the specified host, use the no form of this command. Syntax snmp-server v3-host {ip-address | hostname} username [traps | informs] {noauth | auth | priv} [udp-port port] [filter filtername] [timeout seconds] [retries retries] no snmp-server host {ip-address | hostname} username [traps | informs] • ip-address—Specifies the IP address of the host (targeted recipient). • hostname—Specifies the name of the host. (Range:1-158 characters). • username—Specifies the name of the user to use to generate the notification. (Range: 124) • traps — Indicates that SNMP traps are sent to this host. • informs — Indicates that SNMP informs are sent to this host. • noauth — Indicates no authentication of a packet. • auth — Indicates authentication of a packet without encrypting it. • priv — Indicates authentication of a packet with encryption. • port — Specifies the UDP port of the host to use. If unspecified, the default UDP port number is 162. (Range: 1-65535) • filtername — Specifies a string that defines the filter for this host. If unspecified, nothing is filtered. (Range: 1-30 characters) • seconds — Specifies the number of seconds to wait for an acknowledgment before resending informs. If unspecified, the default timeout period is 15 seconds. (Range: 1300) • retries — Specifies the maximum number of times to resend an inform request. If unspecified, the default maximum number of retries is 3. (Range: 1-255) Default Setting This command has no default configuration. SNMP Commands 251 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • A user and notification view are not automatically created. Use the snmp-server user, snmpserver group and snmp-server view Global Configuration mode commands to generate a user, group and notify group, respectively. Example The following example configures an SNMPv3 host. Console(config)# snmp-server v3-host 192.168.0.20 john noauth snmp-server engineID local The snmp-server engineID local Global Configuration mode command specifies the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) engineID on the local device. To remove the configured engine ID, use the no form of this command. Syntax snmp-server engineID local {engineid-string | default} no snmp-server engineID local • engineid-string — Specifies a character string that identifies the engine ID. (Range: 5-32 characters) • default — The engine ID is created automatically based on the device MAC address. Default Setting The engine ID is not configured. If SNMPv3 is enabled using this command, and the default is specified, the default engine ID is defined per standard as: • First 4 octets — first bit = 1, the rest is IANA Enterprise number. • Fifth octet — set to 3 to indicate the MAC address that follows. • Last 6 octets — MAC address of the device. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • 252 To use SNMPv3, you have to specify an engine ID for the device. You can specify your own ID or use a default string that is generated using the MAC address of the device. SNMP Commands If the SNMPv3 engine ID is deleted or the configuration file is erased, SNMPv3 cannot be used. By default, SNMPv1/v2 are enabled on the device. SNMPv3 is enabled only by defining the Local Engine ID. If you want to specify your own ID, you do not have to specify the entire 32-character engine ID if it contains trailing zeros. Specify only the portion of the engine ID up to the point where just zeros remain in the value. For example, to configure an engine ID of 123400000000000000000000, you can specify snmp-server engineID local 1234. Since the engine ID should be unique within an administrative domain, the following is recommended: • For a standalone device, use the default keyword to configure the engine ID. • For a stackable system, configure the engine ID and verify its uniqueness. Changing the value of the engine ID has the following important side-effect. A user's password (entered on the command line) is converted to an MD5 or SHA security digest. This digest is based on both the password and the local engine ID. The user’s command line password is then destroyed, as required by RFC 2274. As a result, the security digests of SNMPv3 users become invalid if the local value of the engine ID change, and the users will have to be reconfigured. You cannot specify an engine ID that consists of all 0x0, all 0xF or 0x000000001. The show running-config Privileged EXEC mode command does not display the SNMP engine ID configuration. To see the SNMP engine ID configuration, enter the snmp-server engine ID local GlobalConfiguration mode command. Example The following example specifies the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) engineID on the local device. Console(config) # snmp-server engineID local default show snmp engineid The show snmp engineID Privileged EXEC mode command displays the ID of the local Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) engine. Syntax show snmp engineID Default Setting This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode SNMP Commands 253 www.dell.com | support.dell.com User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the SNMP engine ID. Console# show snmp engineID Local SNMP engineID: 08009009020C0B099C075878 show snmp The show snmp Privileged EXEC mode command displays the SNMP status. Syntax show snmp Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the SNMP communications status. console# sh snmp 254 SNMP Commands . Traps are enabled. Authentication trap is enabled. Version 1,2 notifications Target Address Type Communit Version y UDP Port Filter name TO sec Filter name TO sec Retrie s Version 3 notifications Target Address Type Username Security Level UDP Port Retrie s System Contact: System Location: console# show snmp views To display the configuration of views use the show snmp views Privileged EXEC command Syntax show snmp views [viewname] • viewname— The name of the view. Range: Up to 30 characters Default Configuration There is no default configuration for this command. Command Modes Privileged EXEC User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command Example The following example displays the configuration of views use the show snmp views Privileged EXEC command. SNMP Commands 255 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Console # show snmp views Name OID Tree Type user-view 1.3.6.1.2.1.1 Included user-view 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.7 Excluded user-view 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.*.1 Included show snmp groups To display the configuration of groups use the show snmp groups Privileged EXEC command. Syntax show snmp groups [groupname] • groupnam — The name of the group. Default Configuration There is no default configuration for this command. Command Modes Privileged EXEC User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the configuration of views use the show snmp views Privileged EXEC command. 256 SNMP Commands Console # show snmp groups Name Security Views Model Level Context Read Write user-group V3 priv - Default managers-group V3 priv - Default managers-group V3 priv - Default Notify Default - Console # show snmp groups user-group Name: user-group Security Model: V3 Security Level: priv Security Context: Read View: Default Write View: "" Notify View: "" show snmp filters To display the configuration of filters use the show snmp filters Privileged EXEC command. Syntax show snmp filters [filtername] • filternam — The name of the view. Range: Up to 30 character Default Configuration There is no default configuration for this command. SNMP Commands 257 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Privileged EXEC User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command Example The following example displays the configuration of filters use the show snmp filters Privileged EXEC command. Console # show snmp filters Name OID Tree Type user-filter 1.3.6.1.2.1.1 Included user-filter 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.7 Excluded user-filter 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.*.1 Included show snmp users To display the configuration of groups use the show snmp users Privileged EXEC command. Syntax show snmp users [username] • usernam — The name of the user.. Range: Up to 30 character Default Configuration There is no default configuration for this command. Command Modes Privileged EXEC User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command Example The following example displays the configuration of groups use the show snmp users Privileged EXEC command. 258 SNMP Commands Console # show snmp users Name group name Auto Method John 1.3.6.1.2.1.1 md5 John 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.7 md5 Remote 08009009020C0B09 9C075879 Console # show snmp users John Name: John Group name: user-group Auth Method: md5 Remote: Name: John Group name: user-group Auth Method: md5 Remote: 08009009020C0B099C075879 SNMP Commands 259 260 SNMP Commands www.dell.com | support.dell.com Spanning-Tree Commands spanning-tree The spanning-tree Global Configuration mode command enables spanning-tree functionality. To disable spanning-tree functionality, use the no form of this command. Syntax spanning-tree no spanning-tree Default Configuration Spanning-tree is enabled. Command Modes Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example enables spanning-tree functionality. Console(config)# spanning-tree spanning-tree mode The spanning-tree mode Global Configuration mode command configures the spanning-tree protocol. To return to the default configuration, use the no form of this command. Syntax spanning-tree mode {stp | rstp| mstp} no spanning-tree mode • stp—STP is the Spanning Tree operative mode. • rstp—RSTP is the Spanning Tree operative mode. • mstp—MSTP is enabled Default Configuration STP Spanning-Tree Commands 261 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • In RSTP mode, the switch would use STP when the neighbor switch is using STP. • In MSTP mode the switch would use RSTP when the neighbor switch is using RSTP, and would use STP when the neighbor switch is using STP Example The following example configures the spanning-tree protocol to RSTP. Console(config)# spanning-tree mode rstp spanning-tree forward-time The spanning-tree forward-time Global Configuration mode command configures the spanningtree bridge forward time, which is the amount of time a port remains in the listening and learning states before entering the forwarding state. To reset the default forward time, use the no form of this command. Syntax spanning-tree forward-time seconds no spanning-tree forward-time • seconds—Time in seconds. (Range: 4 - 30) Default Configuration The default forwarding-time for IEEE Spanning-tree Protocol (STP) is 15 seconds. Command Modes Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • When configuring the Forward-Time the following relationship should be kept: – 2*(Forward-Time - 1) >= Max-Age Example The following example configures spanning-tree bridge forward time to 25 seconds. Console(config)# spanning-tree forward-time 25 262 Spanning-Tree Commands spanning-tree hello-time The spanning-tree hello-time Global Configuration mode command configures the spanning-tree bridge hello time, which is how often the switch broadcasts hello messages to other switches.To reset the default hello time, use the no form of this command. Spanning-Tree Commands 263 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax spanning-tree hello-time seconds no spanning-tree hello-time • seconds—Time in seconds. (Range: 1 - 10) Default Configuration The default hello time for IEEE Spanning-Tree Protocol (STP) is 2 seconds. Command Modes Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • When configuring the Hello-Time the following relationship should be kept: – Max-Age >= 2*(Hello-Time + 1) Example The following example configures spanning-tree bridge hello time to 5 seconds. Console(config)# spanning-tree hello-time 5 spanning-tree max-age The spanning-tree max-age Global Configuration mode command configures the spanning-tree bridge maximum age. To reset the default maximum age, use the no form of this command. Syntax spanning-tree max-age seconds no spanning-tree max-age • seconds -Time in seconds. (Range: 6 - 40) Default Configuration The default max-age for IEEE STP is 20 seconds. Command Modes Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • 264 When configuring the Max-Age the following relationships should be kept: – 2*(Forward-Time - 1) >= Max-Age – Max-Age >= 2*(Hello-Time + 1) Spanning-Tree Commands Example The following example configures the spanning-tree bridge maximum-age to 10 seconds. Console(config)# spanning-tree max-age 10 spanning-tree priority The spanning-tree priority Global Configuration mode command configures the spanning-tree priority. The priority value is used to determine which bridge is elected as the root bridge. To reset the default spanning-tree priority use the no form of this command. Syntax spanning-tree priority priority no spanning-tree priority • priority—Priority of the bridge. (Range: 0 - 65535 in steps of 4096) Default Configuration The default bridge priority for IEEE STP is 32768. Command Modes Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • The priority value must be a multiple of 4096. • The bridge with the lowest priority is elected to be the Root Bridge. Example The following example configures spanning-tree priority to 12288. Console(config)# spanning-tree priority 12288 spanning-tree disable The spanning-tree disable Interface Configuration mode command disables spanning-tree on a specific port. To enable spanning-tree on a port use, the no form of this command. Syntax spanning-tree disable no spanning-tree disable Default Configuration By default, all ports are enabled for spanning-tree. Spanning-Tree Commands 265 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • When STP is disabled, the device will not forward STP BPDU's based on the Forward BPDU's setting. Example The following example disables spanning-tree on g5. Console (config)# interface ethernet g5 Console (config-if)# spanning-tree disable spanning-tree cost The spanning-tree cost Interface Configuration mode command configures the spanning-tree path cost for a port. To reset the default port path cost, use the no form of this command. Syntax spanning-tree cost cost no spanning-tree cost • cost—The port path cost (Range: 1 - 200,000,000) Default Configuration For the default short pathcost method, the cost values are: port channel - 4; 1000 mbps - 4; 100 mbps - 19; 10 mbps - 100. Command Modes Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • The method used (long or short) is set by using the spanning-tree pathcost method command. Example The following example configures the spanning-tree cost on g5 to 35000. Console(config)# interface ethernet g5 Console(config-if)# spanning-tree cost 35000 266 Spanning-Tree Commands spanning-tree port-priority The spanning-tree port-priority Interface Configuration mode command configures port priority. To reset the default port priority, use the no form of this command. Syntax spanning-tree port-priority priority no spanning-tree port-priority • priority—The port priority. (Range: 0 - 240 in multiples of 16) Default Configuration The default port-priority for IEEE STP is 128. Command Modes Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example configures the spanning priority on g5 to 96. Console(config)# interface ethernet g5 Console(config-if)# spanning-tree port-priority 96 spanning-tree portfast The spanning-tree portfast Interface Configuration mode command enables PortFast mode. In PortFast mode, the interface is immediately put into the forwarding state upon linkup, without waiting for the timer to expire. To disable PortFast mode, use the no form of this command. Syntax spanning-tree portfast no spanning-tree portfast Default Configuration PortFast mode is disabled. Command Modes Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode Spanning-Tree Commands 267 www.dell.com | support.dell.com User Guidelines • This feature should be used only with interfaces connected to end stations. Otherwise, an accidental topology loop could cause a data packet loop and disrupt switch and network operations. Example The following example enables PortFast on g5. Console(config)# interface ethernet g5 Console(config-if)# spanning-tree portfast spanning-tree link-type The spanning-tree link-type Interface Configuration mode command overrides the default linktype setting. To reset the default, use the no form of this command. Syntax spanning-tree link-type {point-to-point | shared} no spanning-tree spanning-tree link-type • point-to-point—Specifies the port link type as point-to-point. • shared—Specifies that the port link type is shared. Default Configuration There is no default configuration for this command. Command Modes Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • The switch derives the link type of a port from the duplex mode. A full-duplex port is considered a point-to-point link, and a half-duplex port is considered a shared link. Example The following example enables shared spanning-tree on g5. Console(config)# interface ethernet g5 Console(config-if)# spanning-tree link-type shared 268 Spanning-Tree Commands spanning-tree mst priority The spanning-tree mst priority Global Configuration mode command configures the device priority for the specified spanning-tree instance. To return to the default configuration, use the no form of this command. Syntax spanning-tree mst instance-id priority priority no spanning-tree mst instance-id priority • instance - id — Displays the ID of the spanning -tree instance (Range: 1-15). • priority — Displays the device priority for the specified spanning-tree instance (Range: 061440 in multiples of 4096). Default Setting The default bridge priority for IEEE Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is 32768. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • The device with the lowest priority is selected as the root of the spanning tree. Example The following example configures the spanning tree priority of instance 1 to 4096. Console (config) # spanning-tree mst 1 priority 4096 spanning-tree mst max-hops The spanning-tree mst priority Global Configuration mode command configures the number of hops in an MST region before the BDPU is discarded and the port information is aged out. To return to the default configuration, use the no form of this command. Syntax spanning-tree mst max-hops hop-count no spanning-tree mst max-hops • hop-count — Number of hops in an MST region before the BDPU is discarded .(Range: 140) Default Setting The default number of hops is 20. Spanning-Tree Commands 269 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example configures the maximum number of hops that a packet travels in an MST region before it is discarded to 10. Console (config) # spanning-tree mst max-hops 10 spanning-tree mst port-priority The spanning-tree mst port-priority Interface Configuration mode command configures port priority for the specified MST instance. To return to the default configuration, use the no form of this command. Syntax spanning-tree mst instance-id port-priority priority no spanning-tree mst instance-id port-priority • instance-ID — ID of the spanning tree instance. (Range: 1-15) • priority — The port priority. (Range: 0 - 240 in multiples of 16) Default Setting The default port priority for IEEE Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) is 128. Command Modes Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidlines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example configures the port priority of port g1 to 142. Console(config)# interface ethernet g1 Console(config-if)# spanning-tree mst 1 port-priority 142 270 Spanning-Tree Commands spanning-tree mst cost The spanning-tree mst cost Interface Configuration mode command configures the path cost for multiple spanning tree (MST) calculations. If a loop occurs, the spanning tree considers path cost when selecting an interface to put in the forwarding state. To return to the default configuration, use the no form of this command. Syntax spanning-tree mst instance-id cost cost no spanning-tree mst instance-id cost • instance-ID — ID of the spanning -tree instance (Range: 1-15). • cost — The port path cost. (Range: 1 - 200,000,000) Default Setting Default path cost is determined by port speed and path cost method (long or short) as shown below: Interface Long Short Port-channel 20,000 4 Gigabit Ethernet (1000 Mbps) 20,000 4 Fast Ethernet (100 Mbps) 200,000 19 Ethernet (10 Mbps) 2,000,000 100 Command Modes Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode Default Configuration There is no default configuration for this command. Example The following example configures the MSTP instance 1 path cost for Ethernet port e9 to 4. Console(config) # interface ethernet 1/e9 Console(config-if) # spanning-tree mst 1 cost 4 spanning-tree mst configuration The spanning-tree mst configuration Global Configuration mode command enables configuring an MST region by entering the Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) mode. Spanning-Tree Commands 271 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax spanning-tree mst configuration Default Setting This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • All devices in an MST region must have the same VLAN mapping, configuration revision number, and name. Example The following example configures an MST region. Console(config)# spanning-tree mst configuration Console(config-mst) # instance 1 add vlan 10-20 Console(config-mst) # name region1 Console(config-mst) # revision 1 instance (mst) The instance MST Configuration mode command maps VLANS to an MST instance. Syntax instance instance-id {add | remove} vlan vlan-range • instance-ID — ID of the MST instance (Range: 1- 8). • vlan-range — VLANs to be added to or removed from the specified MST instance. To specify a range of VLANs, use a hyphen. To specify a series of VLANs, use a comma. (Range: 1-4094). Default Setting VLANs are mapped to the common and internal spanning tree (CIST) instance (instance 0). Command Modes MST Configuration mode User Guidelines • 272 All VLANs that are not explicitly mapped to an MST instance are mapped to the common and internal spanning tree (CIST) instance (instance 0) and cannot be unmapped from the CIST. Spanning-Tree Commands For two or more devices to be in the same MST region, they must have the same VLAN mapping, the same configuration revision number, and the same name. Example The following example maps VLANs 10-20 to MST instance 1. Console(config)# spanning-tree mst configuration Console(config-mst)# instance 1 add vlan 10-20 name (mst) The name MST Configuration mode command defines the configuration name. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command. Syntax name string • string—MST configuration name. Case-sensitive (Range: 1-32 characters). Default Setting The default name is a bridge ID. Command Mode MST Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example defines the configuration name as regional. Console(config) # spanning-tree mst configuration Console(config-mst) # name region 1 revision (mst) The revision MST configuration command defines the configuration revision number. To return to the default configuration, use the no form of this command. Syntax revision value no revision • value — Configuration revision number (Range: 0-65535). Spanning-Tree Commands 273 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Default Setting The default configuration revision number is 0. Command Mode MST Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example sets the configuration revision to 1. Console(config) # spanning-tree mst configuration Console(config-mst) # revision 1 show (mst) The show MST Configuration mode command displays the current or pending MST region configuration. Syntax show {current | pending} • current — Indicates the current region configuration. • pending — Indicates the pending region configuration. Default Setting This command has no default configuration. Command Mode MST Configuration mode User Guidelines • The pending MST region configuration takes effect only after exiting the MST configuration mode. Example The following example displays a pending MST region configuration. Console(config-mst)# show pending Pending MST configuration 274 Spanning-Tree Commands Name: Region1 Revision: 1 Instance Vlans Mapped State -------- ------------ ------- 0 1-9,21-4094 Enabled 1 10-20 Enabled exit (mst) The exit MST Configuration mode command exits the MST configuration mode and applies all configuration changes. Syntax exit Default Setting This command has no default configuration. Command Mode MST Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example exits the MST configuration mode and saves changes. Console(config) # spanning-tree mst configuration Console(config-mst) # exit abort (mst) The abort MST Configuration mode command exits the MST configuration mode without applying the configuration changes. Syntax abort Default Setting This command has no default configuration. Spanning-Tree Commands 275 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode MST Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example exits the MST configuration mode without saving changes. Console(config) # spanning-tree mst configuration Console(config-mst) # abort spanning-tree pathcost method The spanning-tree pathcost method Global Configuration mode command sets the default path cost method. To revert to the default setting, use the no form of this command. Syntax spanning-tree pathcost method {long | short} no spanning-tree pathcost method • long— Specifies 1 through 200,000,000 range for port path costs. • short—Specifies 0 through 65,535 range for port path costs. Default Configuration Short Command Mode Global configuration mode User Guidelines • The cost is set using the spanning-tree cost command. Example The following example sets the default path cost method to "long". Console# spanning-tree pathcost method long spanning-tree bpdu The spanning-tree bpdu Global Configuration mode command defines BPDU handling when spanning-tree is disabled on an interface. 276 Spanning-Tree Commands Syntax spanning-tree bpdu {filtering | flooding} • filtering—Filter BPDU packets when spanning-tree is disabled on an interface. • flooding—Flood BPDU packets when spanning-tree is disabled on an interface. Default Configuration The default definition is flooding. Command Modes Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • The command is relevant when spanning-tree is disabled globally or on a single interface. Example The following example defines BPDU packet flooding when spanning-tree is disabled on an interface. Console(config)# spanning-tree bpdu flooding clear spanning-tree detected-protocols The clear spanning-tree detected-protocols Privileged EXEC mode command restarts the protocol migration process (force the renegotiation with neighboring switches) on all interfaces or on the specified interface. Syntax clear spanning-tree detected-protocols [ethernet interface number | port-channel portchannel-number] • interface—A valid Ethernet port. • port-channel-number—A port-channel index. Default Configuration If no interface is specified, the action is applied to all interfaces. Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • This feature should be used only when working in RSTP mode. Spanning-Tree Commands 277 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example restarts the protocol migration process (forces the renegotiation with neighboring switches) on g1. Console# clear spanning-tree detected-protocols ethernet g1 show spanning-tree The show spanning-tree Privileged EXEC mode command displays spanning-tree configuration. Syntax show spanning-tree [ ethernet interface-number | port-channel port-channel-number ] [instance instance-id] show spanning-tree [detail] [active | blockedports] [instance instance-id] show spanning-tree mst-configuration • detail — Display detailed information. • active — Display active ports only. • blockedports — Display blocked ports only. • mst-configuration — Display the MST configuration identifier. • interface-number — Ethernet port number. (Range:Valid Ethernet port) • port-channel-number — Port channel index. (Range:Valid Ethernet port) • instance-id — ID associated with a spanning-tree instance. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example displays spanning-tree information. 278 Spanning-Tree Commands Console# show spanning-tree Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP Default port cost method: long Root ID Priority 32768 Address 00:01:42:97:e0:00 Path Cost 2000 Root Port 1(1/1) Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Bridge ID Forward Delay 15 sec Priority 36864 Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00 Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec Interfaces Name State Prio.Nbr Cost Sts Role PortFast Type ---- ------- --------- ----- ----- ------ ------- ---- 1 Enabled 128.1 FWD Root No 20000 2 Enabled 128.2 P2p (RST P) FWD Desg No 20000 3 Disabled Shar ed (STP ) 128.3 20000 4 Enabled 128.4 BLK Altn No 20000 5 Enabled 128.5 20000 Shar ed (STP ) DIS - - Spanning-Tree Commands 279 www.dell.com | support.dell.com console# show spanning-tree Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP Default port cost method: long Root ID Priority Address 36864 00:02:4b:29: 7a:00 This switch is the Root. Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec Interfaces Name 1 State Enabled Prio.Nbr Cost 128.1 Sts FWD Role Desg PortFast No 20000 2 Enabled 128.2 20000 Type P2p (RST P) FWD Desg No Shar ed (STP ) 3 Disabled 128.3 20000 4 Enabled 128.4 FWD 20000 5 Enabled 128.5 Console# show spanning-tree Spanning tree disabled (BPDU filtering) mode RSTP Default port cost method: long Root ID Priority Address 280 Spanning-Tree Commands N/A N/A No Shar ed (STP ) DIS 20000 Desg Path Cost Root Port Bridge ID N/A N/A Hello Time N/A Max Age N/A N/A Forward Delay Priority 36864 Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00 Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Delay 15 sec Forward Interface s Name State Prio.Nbr 1/1 Enabled 1/2 Enabled 128.2 20000 1/3 Disabled 128.3 20000 1/4 Enabled 128.4 128.1 Cost Sts Role PortFast Type 20000 20000 1/5 Enabled 128.5 20000 Console# show spanning-tree active Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP Default port cost method: long Root ID Priority Address 00:01:42:97:e0:00 Path Cost 20000 oot Port Hello Time 2 sec Bridge ID 32768 Priority 1 (1/1) Max Age 20 sec Delay 15 sec Forward 36864 Spanning-Tree Commands 281 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00 Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Delay 15 sec Forward Interfaces Name State 1/1 Enabled Prio.Nbr 128.1 Cost Sts 20000 FWD Role Root PortFast Type No P2p (RST P) 1/2 Enabled 128.2 20000 FWD Desg No Shar ed (STP ) 1/4 Enabled 128.4 20000 BLK onsole# show spanning-tree blockedports Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP Default port cost method: long Root ID Priority Address Bridge ID 282 32768 00:01:42:9 7:e0:00 Path Cost 20000 Root Port 1 (1/1) Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Delay 15 sec Priority 36864 Spanning-Tree Commands Forward Altn No Shar ed (STP ) Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00 Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec Interfaces Name State 1/4 Prio.Nbr Enabled Cost Sts Role PortFast 19 BLK Altn No 128.4 Type Shar ed (STP ) Console# show spanning-tree detail Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP Default port cost method: long Root ID Priority Address 00:01:42:97:e0:00 Path Cost 20000 Root Port 1 (1/1) Hello Time 2 sec Bridge ID 32768 Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec Priority 36864 Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00 Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec Number of topology changes 2 last change occurred 2d18h ago Times: hold 1, topology change 35, notification 2 hello 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 State: Forwarding Role: Root Spanning-Tree Commands 283 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Port id: 128.1 Port cost: 20000 Type: P2p (configured: auto) RSTP Port Fast: No (configured:no) Designated bridge Priority: 32768 Address: 00:01:42:97:e0:00 Designated port id: 128.25 Designated path cost: 0 Guard root: Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1 BPDU: sent 2, received 120638 Port 2 (1/2) enabled State: Forwarding Role: Designated Port id: 128.2 Port cost: 20000 Type: Shared (configured: auto) STP Port Fast: No (configured:no) Designated bridge Priority: 32768 Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00 Designated port id: 128.2 Designated path cost: 20000 Guard root: Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1 BPDU: sent 2, received 170638 Port 3 (1/3) disabled State: N/A Role: N/A Port id: 128.3 Port cost: 20000 Type: N/A (configured: auto) Port Fast: N/A (configured:no) Designated bridge Priority: N/A Address: N/A Designated port id: N/A Designated path cost: N/A Guard root:Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled Number of transitions to forwarding state: N/A BPDU: sent N/A, received N/A 284 Spanning-Tree Commands Port 4 (1/4) enabled State: Blocking Role: Alternate Port Identifier: 128.4 Port cost: 20000 Type: Shared (configured: auto) STP Port Fast: No (configured:no) Designated bridge Priority: 28672 Address: 00:30:94:41:62:c8 Designated port id: 128.25 Designated path cost: 20000 Guard root:Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1 BPDU: sent 2, received 120638 Port 5 (1/5) enabled State: Disabled Role: N/A Port id: 128.5 Port cost: 20000 Type: N/A (configured: auto) Port Fast: N/A (configured:no) Designated bridge Priority: N/A Address: N/A Designated port id: N/A Designated path cost: N/A Guard root:Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled Number of transitions to forwarding state: N/A BPDU: sent N/A, received N/A Console# show spanning-tree ethernet 1/1 Port 1 (1/1) enabled State: Forwarding Role: Root Port id: 128.1 Port cost: 20000 Type: P2p (configured: auto) RSTP Port Fast: No (configured:no) Designated bridge Priority: 32768 Address: 00:01:42:97:e0:00 Spanning-Tree Commands 285 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Designated port id: 128.25 Designated path cost: 0 Guard root:Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1 BPDU: sent 2, received 120638 Console# show spanning-tree mst-configuration Name: Region1 Revision: 1 Instance Vlans Mapped State 0 1-9,21-4094 Enabled 1 10-20 Enabled Console# show spanning-tree Spanning tree enabled mode MSTP Default port cost method: long ###### MST 0 Vlans Mapped: 1-9 CST Root ID Priority 32768 Address 00:01:42:97:e0:00 Path Cost 20000 Root Port 1 (1/1) Hello Time 2 sec IST Master ID 286 Max Age 20 sec Delay 15 sec Priority 32768 Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00 Spanning-Tree Commands Forward Hello Time 2 sec This switch is the IST master. Max Age 20 sec sec Max hops 20 Forward Delay 15 Interfaces Nam e Cost State 1 Sts 128.1 Enabled 2 FWD 20000 128.2 Enabled 3 Type No P2p Bound (RSTP) No Shared Bound (STP) Root FWD 128.3 Desg FWD 20000 128.4 Enabled PortFast 20000 Enabled 4 Role Prio.Nb r No P2p No P2p Desg FWD 20000 Desg ##### MST 1 Vlans Mapped: 10-20 Root ID Priority 24576 Address 00:02:4b:29:89:76 Path Cost 20000 Root Port 4(1/4) Rem hops Bridge ID 19 Priority 32768 Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00 Spanning-Tree Commands 287 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Number of topology changes 2 last change occurred 1d9h ago Times: hold 1, topology change 2, notification 2 hello 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Port 1 (1/1) enabled State: Forwarding Role: Boundary Port id: 128.1 Port cost: 20000 Type: P2p (configured: auto) Boundary RSTP Port Fast: No (configured:no) Designated bridge Priority: 32768 Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00 Designated port id: 128.1 Designated path cost: 20000 Guard root:Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1 BPDU: sent 2, received 120638 Port 2 (1/2) enabled State: Forwarding Role: Designated Port id: 128.2 Port cost: 20000 Type: Shared (configured: auto) Boundary STP Port Fast: No (configured:no) Designated bridge Priority: 32768 Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00 Designated port id: 128.2 Designated path cost: 20000 Guard root: Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1 BPDU: sent 2, received 170638 Port 3 (1/3) disabled State: Blocking Role: Alternate Port id: 128.3 Port cost: 20000 Type: Shared (configured: auto) Internal Port Fast: No (configured:no) Designated bridge Priority: 32768 Address: 00:02:4b:29:1a:19 Designated port id: 128.78 Designated path cost: 20000 288 Spanning-Tree Commands Guard root: Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1 BPDU: sent 2, received 170638 Port 4 (1/4) enabled State: Forwarding Role: Designated Port id: 128.4 Port cost: 20000 Type: Shared (configured: auto) Internal Port Fast: No (configured:no) Designated bridge Priority: 32768 Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00 Designated port id: 128.2 Designated Guard root:Disabled BPDU guard: Disabled cost: 20000 Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1 BPDU: sent 2, received 170638 Console# show spanning-tree Spanning tree enabled mode MSTP Default port cost method: long ###### MST 0 Vlans Mapped: 1-9 CST Root ID Priority Address IST Master ID 32768 00:01:42:97:e0:00 Path Cost 20000 Root Port 1 (1/1) Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Delay 15 sec Priority 32768 Forward Spanning-Tree Commands 289 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Bridge ID Address 00:02:4b:19:7a:00 Path Cost 10000 Rem hops 19 Priority 32768 Address 00:02:4b:29:7a:00 Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec Max hops 20 Console# show spanning-tree Spanning tree enabled mode MSTP Default port cost method: long ###### MST 0 Vlans Mapped: 1-9 CST Root ID Priority 32768 Address 00:01:42:97:e0:00 This switch is root for CST and IST master Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec Max hops 20 spanning-tree mst mstp-rstp Use the spanning-tree mst mstp-rstp global configuration command to configure the switch to convert STP/RSTP packets to MSTP instances. Use the no form of this command to disable the configuration. Syntax spanning-tree mst mstp-rstp no spanning-tree mst mstp-rstp This command has no arguments or keywords. 290 Spanning-Tree Commands Default Configuration Disabled. Command Modes Global configuration User Guidelines • This command can be enabled when all the ports are Access ports. • This command is relevant in MSTP mode only. • When this feature is enabled incoming IEEE RSTP/STP packets would be mapped to the MSTP instance according to the port’s VLAN. Outgoing MSTP packets would be mapped to IEEE RSTP/STP packets according to the port’s VLAN. Example The following example configures the switch to convert STP/RSTP packets to MSTP instances. Console(config)# spanning-tree mst mstp-rstp Spanning-tree guard root Use the spanning-tree guard root interface configuration command to enable root guard on all the spanning tree instances on that interface. Root guard restricts the interface to be the root port for the switch. Use the no form of this command to disable root guard on the interface. Syntax spanning-tree guard root no spanning-tree guard root Default Configuration Root guard is disabled Command Modes Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) User Guidelines • Root guard can be enabled when the switch work in STP, RSTP and MSTP. When root guard is enabled, if spanning-tree calculations cause a port to be selected as the root port, the port transitions to the alternate state. Spanning-Tree Commands 291 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example enable root guard on port g8. Console(config)# interface ethernet g8 Console(config-if)# spanning-tree guard root 292 Spanning-Tree Commands SSH Commands ip ssh port The ip ssh port Global Configuration mode command specifies the port to be used by the SSH server. To use the default port, use the no form of this command. Syntax ip ssh port port-number no ip ssh port • port-number—Port number for use by the SSH server (Range: 1 - 65535). Default Configuration The default value is 22. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example specifies the port to be used by the SSH server as 8080. Console (config)# ip ssh port 8080 ip ssh server The ip ssh server Global Configuration mode command enables the device to be configured from a SSH server. To disable this function, use the no form of this command. Syntax ip ssh server no ip ssh server Default Configuration SSH is enabled. Command Mode Global Configuration mode SSH Commands 293 www.dell.com | support.dell.com User Guidelines • If encryption keys are not generated, the SSH server is in standby until the keys are generated. To generate SSH server keys, use the commands crypto key generate rsa, and crypto key generate dsa. Example The following example enables the device to be configured from a SSH server. Console (config)# ip ssh server crypto key generate dsa The ip ssh server Global Configuration mode command generates DSA key pairs. Syntax crypto key generate dsa Default Configuration DSA key pairs do not exist. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • DSA keys are generated in pairs: one public DSA key and one private DSA key. If the device already has DSA keys, a warning and prompt to replace the existing keys with new keys is displayed. • This command is not saved in the startup configuration; however, the keys generated by this command are saved in the FLASH. The SSH keys can be displayed with the show crypto key mypubkey dsa command. • This command may take a considerable period of time to execute. • DSA key size is 2048 bits. Example The following example generates DSA key pairs. Console (config)# crypto key generate dsa crypto key generate rsa The crypto key generate rsa Global Configuration mode command generates RSA key pairs. 294 SSH Commands Syntax crypto key generate rsa Default Configuration RSA key pairs do not exist. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • RSA keys are generated in pairs: one public RSA key and one private RSA key. If the device already has RSA keys, a warning and prompt to replace the existing keys with new keys is displayed. • The maximum supported size for the RSA key is 2048 bits. • This command is not saved in the startup configuration; however, the keys generated by this command are saved in the FLASH. The SSH keys can be displayed with the show crypto key mypubkey rsa command. • This command may take a considerable period of time to execute. Example The following example generates RSA key pairs. Console (config)# crypto key generate rsa ip ssh pubkey-auth The ip ssh pubkey-auth Global Configuration mode command enables public key authentication for incoming SSH sessions. To disable this function, use the no form of this command. Syntax ip ssh pubkey-auth no ip ssh pubkey-auth Default Configuration The function is disabled. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. SSH Commands 295 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example enables public key authentication for incoming SSH sessions. Console (config)# ip ssh pubkey-auth crypto key pubkey-chain ssh The crypto key pubkey-chain ssh Global Configuration mode command enters SSH Public Keychain configuration mode. The mode is used to manually specify other device public keys such as SSH client public keys. Syntax crypto key pubkey-chain ssh Default Configuration By default, there are no keys. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • Use this command to enter public key chain configuration mode. • This command can also be used when you need to manually specify SSH client’s public keys. Example The following example enters the SSH Public Key-chain configuration mode. Console(config)# crypto key pubkey-chain ssh Console(config-pubkey-chain)# user-key The user-key SSH Public Key Chain Configuration mode command specifies which SSH public key is manually configured and enters the SSH public key-string configuration command. To remove a SSH public key, use the no form of this command. Syntax user-key username {rsa | dsa} no user-key username 296 • username—Specifies the remote SSH client username, which can be up to 48 characters long. • rsa—RSA key. SSH Commands • dsa—DSA key. Default Configuration By default, there are no keys. Command Mode SSH Public Key Chain Configuration mode User Guidelines • Follow this command with the key-string command to specify the key. Example The following example enables a SSH public key to be manually configured for the SSH public key chain called "bob". Console(config-pubkey-chain)# user-key bob rsa Console(config-pubkey-key)# key-string row key-string AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQCvTnRwPWl key-string The key-string SSH Public Key-String Configuration mode command manually specifies a SSH public key. Syntax key-string row key-string • row—Specify SSH public key row by row • key-string—UU-encoded DER format is the same format in authorized_keys file used by OpenSSH. Default Configuration By default, the keys do not exist. Command Mode SSH Public Key-string configuration User Guidelines • Use the key-string row command to specify the SSH public key row by row. Each row must begin with the key-string row command. This command is useful for configuration files. • UU-encoded DER format is the same format in authorized_keys file used by OpenSSH. SSH Commands 297 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example enters public key strings for SSH public key clients called "bob". Console(config)# crypto key pubkey-chain ssh Console(config-pubkey-chain)# user-key bob rsa Console(config-pubkey-key)# key-string AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQCvTnRwPWl Al4kpqIw9GBRonZQZxjHKcqKL6rMlQ+ ZNXfZSkvHG+QusIZ/76ILmFT34v7u7ChFAE+ Vu4GRfpSwoQUvV35LqJJk67IOU/zfwOl1g kTwml75QR9gHujS6KwGN2QWXgh3ub8gDjTSq muSn/Wd05iDX2IExQWu08licglk02LYciz +Z4TrEU/9FJxwPiVQOjc+KBXuR0juNg5nFYsY 0ZCk0N/W9a/tnkm1shRE7Di71+w3fNiOA 6w9o44t6+AINEICBCCA4YcF6zMzaT1wefWwX6f+ Rmt5nhhqdAtN/4oJfce166DqVX1gWmN zNR4DYDvSzg0lDnwCAC8Qh Fingerprint: a4:16:46:23:5a:8d:1d:b5:37:59:eb:44:13:b9:33:e9 show ip ssh The show ip ssh Privileged EXEC mode command displays the SSH server configuration. Syntax show ip ssh Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • 298 There are no user guidelines for this command. SSH Commands Example The following example displays the SSH server configuration. Console# show ip ssh SSH server enabled. Port: 22 RSA key was generated. DSA (DSS) key was generated. SSH Public Key Authentication is enabled. Active incoming sessions: IP address SSH username Version Cipher Auth Code ---------- ---------- --------- ------- ---------- 172.16.0.1 John Brown 2.0 3 DES HMAC-SH1 The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display: Field Description IP address Client address SSH username User name Version SSH version number Cipher Encryption type (3DES, Blowfish, RC4) Auth Code Authentication Code (HMAC-MD5, HMAC-SHA1) show crypto key mypubkey The show crypto key mypubkey Privileged EXEC mode command displays the SSH public keys on the device. Syntax show crypto key mypubkey [rsa | dsa] • rsa—RSA key. • dsa—DSA key. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode SSH Commands 299 www.dell.com | support.dell.com User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the SSH public keys on the device. Console# show crypto key mypubkey rsa RSA key data: 005C300D 06092A86 4886F70D 01010105 00034B00 30480241 00C5E23B 55D6AB22 04AEF1BA A54028A6 9ACC01C5 129D99E4 64CAB820 847EDAD9 DF0B4E4C 73A05DD2 BD62A8A9 FA603DD2 E2A8A6F8 98F76E28 D58AD221 B583D7A4 71020301 87685768 Fingerprint(Hex): 77:C7:19:85:98:19:27:96:C9:CC:83:C5:78:89:F8:86 Fingerprint(Bubble Babble): yteriuwt jgkljhglk yewiury hdskjfryt gfhkjglk show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh The show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh Privileged EXEC mode command displays SSH public keys stored on the device. Syntax show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh [username username] [fingerprint bubble-babble | hex] • username—Specifies the remote SSH client username. • bubble-babble—Fingerprints in Bubble Babble format. • hex—Fingerprint in Hex format. If fingerprint is unspecified, it defaults to Hex format. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example displays all SSH public keys stored on the device. 300 SSH Commands Console# show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh Username Fingerprint -------- ----------------------------------------------bob 9A:CC:01:C5:78:39:27:86:79:CC:23:C5:98:59:F1:86 john 98:F7:6E:28:F2:79:87:C8:18:F8:88:CC:F8:89:87:C8 The following example displays the SSH public called "bob". Console# show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh username bob Username: bob Key: 005C300D 06092A86 SSH Commands 301 302 SSH Commands www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syslog Commands logging on The logging on Global Configuration mode command controls error messages logging. This command sends debug or error messages to a logging process, which logs messages to designated locations asynchronously to the process that generated the messages. To disable the logging process, use the no form of this command. Syntax logging on no logging on Default Configuration Logging is enabled. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • The logging process controls the distribution of logging messages to the various destinations, such as the logging buffer, logging file, or syslog server. Logging on and off for these destinations can be individually configured using the logging buffered, logging file, and logging Global Configuration mode commands. However, if the logging on command is disabled, no messages are sent to these destinations. Only the console receives messages. Example The following example shows how logging is enabled. Console (config)# logging on logging The logging Global Configuration mode command logs messages to a syslog server. To delete the syslog server with the specified address from the list of syslogs, use the no form of this command. Syntax logging {ip-address | hostname} [port port] [severity level] [facility facility] [description text] no logging {ip-address | hostname} • ip-address—IP address of the host to be used as a syslog server. • hostname—Hostname of the host to be used as a syslog server. (Range: 1 - 158 characters) Syslog Commands 303 www.dell.com | support.dell.com • port—Port number for syslog messages. If unspecified, the port number defaults to 514. (Range: 1 - 65535) • severity level—Limits the logging of messages to the syslog servers to a specified level: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational and debugging. If unspecified, the default level is errors. • facility—The facility that is indicated in the message. Can be one of the following values: local0, local1, local2, local3, local4, local5, local 6, local7. If unspecified, the port number defaults to local7. • text—Syslog server description, which can be up to 64 characters. Default Configuration As described in the field descriptions. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • Multiple syslog servers can be used. • If no specific severity level is specified, the global values apply to each server. Example The following example configures messages with a "critical" severity level so that they are logged to a syslog server with an IP address 10.1.1.1. Console (config)# logging 10.1.1.1 severity critical logging console The logging console Global Configuration mode command limits messages logged to the console based on severity. To disable logging to the console terminal, use the no form of this command. Syntax logging console level no logging console • level—Limits the logging of messages displayed on the console to a specified level: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, debugging. Default Configuration The default is informational. 304 Syslog Commands Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example limits messages logged to the console based on severity level "errors". Console (config)# logging console errors logging buffered The logging buffered Global Configuration mode command limits syslog messages displayed from an internal buffer based on severity. To cancel the buffer use, use the no form of this command. Syntax logging buffered level no logging buffered • level—Limits the message logging to a specified level buffer: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, debugging. Default Configuration The default level is informational. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • All the syslog messages are logged to the internal buffer. This command limits the commands displayed to the user. Example The following example limits syslog messages displayed from an internal buffer based on the severity level "debugging". Console (config)# logging buffered debugging logging buffered size The logging buffered size Global Configuration mode command changes the number of syslog messages stored in the internal buffer. To return the number of messages stored in the internal buffer to the default value, use the no form of this command. Syslog Commands 305 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax logging buffered size number no logging buffered size • number—Numeric value indicating the maximum number of messages stored in the history table. (Range: 20 - 400) Default Configuration The default number of messages is 200. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example changes the number of syslog messages stored in the internal buffer to 300. Console (config)# logging buffered size 300 clear logging The clear logging Privileged EXEC mode command clears messages from the internal logging buffer. Syntax clear logging Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example clears messages from the internal syslog message logging buffer. Console# clear logging Clear logging buffer [y/n] y 306 Syslog Commands logging file The logging file Global Configuration mode command limits syslog messages sent to the logging file based on severity. To cancel the buffer, use the no form of this command. Syntax logging file level no logging file • level—Limits the logging of messages to the buffer to a specified level: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational and debugging. Default Configuration The default severity level is errors. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example limits syslog messages sent to the logging file based on the severity level "alerts". Console (config)# logging file alerts clear logging file The clear logging file Privileged EXEC mode command clears messages from the logging file. Syntax clear logging file Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Syslog Commands 307 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example clears messages from the logging file. Console# clear logging file Clear Logging File [y/n]y show logging The show logging Privileged EXEC mode command displays the state of logging and the syslog messages stored in the internal buffer. Syntax show logging Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • 308 There are no user guidelines for this command. Syslog Commands Example The following example displays the state of logging and the syslog messages stored in the internal buffer. Console# show logging Logging is enabled. Console Logging: Level debug. Console Messages: 5 Dropped. Buffer Logging: Level debug. Buffer Messages: 16 Logged, 16 Displayed, 200 Max. File Logging: Level error. File Messages: 0 Logged, 209 Dropped. SysLog server 31.1.1.2 Logging: error. Messages: 22 Dropped. SysLog server 5.2.2.2 Logging: info. Messages: 0 Dropped. SysLog server 10.2.2.2 Logging: critical. Messages: 21 Dropped. SysLog server 10.1.1.1 Logging: critical. Messages: 0 Dropped. 1 messages were not logged 03-Mar-2004 12:02:03 :%LINK-I-Up: g1 03-Mar-2004 12:02:01 :%LINK-W-Down: g2 03-Mar-2004 12:02:01 :%LINK-I-Up: g3 show logging file The show logging file Privileged EXEC mode command displays the state of logging and the syslog messages stored in the logging file. Syntax show logging file Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode Syslog Commands 309 www.dell.com | support.dell.com User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the state of logging and the syslog messages stored in the logging file. Console # show logging file console# show logging file Logging is enabled. Console Logging: Level debug. Console Messages: 5 Dropped. Buffer Logging: Level debug. Buffer Messages: 21 Logged, 21 Displayed, 200 Max. File Logging: Level debug. File Messages: 4 Logged, 210 Dropped. SysLog server 31.1.1.2 Logging: error. Messages: 27 Dropped. SysLog server 5.2.2.2 Logging: info. Messages: 0 Dropped. SysLog server 10.2.2.2 Logging: critical. Messages: 26 Dropped. SysLog server 10.1.1.1 Logging: critical. Messages: 5 Dropped. 1 messages were not logged 03-Mar-2004 12:04:08 :%LINK-I-Up: g1 03-Mar-2004 12:04:06 :%LINK-W-Down: g2 03-Mar-2004 12:04:06 :%LINK-I-Up: g3 03-Mar-2004 12:04:04 :%LINK-W-Down: g4 show syslog-servers The show syslog-servers Privileged EXEC mode command displays the syslog servers settings. Syntax show syslog-servers Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. 310 Syslog Commands Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the syslog server settings. Console# show syslog-servers IP address Port Severity Facility Description ------------- ---- -------- -------- ----------- 192.180.2.275 14 Informational local 7 192.180.2.285 14 Warning local 7 Syslog Commands 311 312 Syslog Commands www.dell.com | support.dell.com System Management ping The ping User EXEC mode command sends ICMP echo request packets to another node on the network. Syntax ping ip-address | hostname [size packet_size] [count packet_count] [timeout time_out] • ip-address—IP address to ping. • hostname—hostname to ping. (Range: 1 - 158 characters) • packet_size—Number of bytes in a packet. The actual packet size is eight bytes larger than the size specified because the switch adds header information. (Range: 56 - 1472 bytes) • packet_count—Number of packets to send. If 0 is entered it pings until stopped. (Range: 0 - 65535 packets) • time_out—Timeout in milliseconds to wait for each reply. (Range: 50 - 65535 milliseconds). Default Configuration timeout time_out—The default is 2000 milliseconds. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines Press Esc to stop pinging. Following are sample results of the ping command: • Destination (host/network) unreachable—The gateway for this destination indicates that the destination is unreachable. Console# ping 180.50.1.1 Pinging 180.50.1.1 with 56 bytes of data: PING: net-unreachable PING: net-unreachable PING: net-unreachable 313 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Examples The following example displays a ping to IP address 10.1.1.1. Console> ping 10.1.1.1 Pinging 10.1.1.1 with 64 bytes of data: 64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=0. time=11 ms 64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=1. time=8 ms 64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=2. time=8 ms 64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=3. time=7 ms ----10.1.1.1 PING Statistics---4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet loss round-trip (ms) min/avg/max = 7/8/11 traceroute The traceroute User EXEC mode command discovers the routes that packets will actually take when traveling to their destination. Syntax traceroute ip-address |hostname [size packet_size] [ttl max-ttl] [count packet_count] [timeout time_out] [source ip-address] [tos tos] 314 • ip-address—IP address of the destination host. (Range: Valid IP Address) • hostname—Hostname of the destination host (Range: 1 - 158 characters) • size packet_size—Number of bytes in a packet. (Range: 40-1472) • ttl max-ttl—The largest TTL value that can be used. The traceroute command terminates when the destination is reached or when this value is reached. (Range:1-255) • count packet_count—The number of probes to be sent at each TTL level. (Range:1-10) • timeout time_out—The number of seconds to wait for a response to a probe packet. (Range:1-60) System Management • source ip-address—One of the interface addresses of the device to use as a source address for the probes. The device will normally pick what it feels is the best source address to use. (Range: Valid IP Address) • tos tos—The Type-Of-Service byte in the IP Header of the packet. (Range: 0-255) Default Configuration size packet_size—The default is 40 bytes. ttl max-ttl—The default is 30. count packet_count—The default count is 3. timeout time_out—The default is 6 seconds. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • The traceroute command works by taking advantage of the error messages generated by a device when a datagram exceeds its time-to-live (TTL) value. • The traceroute command starts by sending probe datagrams with a TTL value of one. This causes the first device to discard the probe datagram and send back an error message. The traceroute command sends several probes at each TTL level and displays the round-trip time for each. • The traceroute command sends out one probe at a time. Each outgoing packet may result in one or two error messages. A "time exceeded" error message indicates that an intermediate device has seen and discarded the probe. A "destination unreachable" error message indicates that the destination node has received the probe and discarded it because it could not deliver the packet. If the timer goes off before a response comes in, the traceroute command prints an asterisk (*). • The traceroute command terminates when the destination responds, when the maximum TTL is exceeded, or when the user interrupts the trace with Esc. System Management 315 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Examples console> traceroute umaxp1.physics.lsa.umich.edu Type Esc to abort. Tracing the route to umaxp1.physics.lsa.umich.edu (141.211.101.64) 1 i2-gateway.stanford.edu (192.68.191.83) 0 msec 0 msec 0 msec 2 STAN.POS.calren2.NET (171.64.1.213) 0 msec 0 msec 0 msec 3 SUNV--STAN.POS.calren2.net (198.32.249.73) 1 msec 1 msec 1 msec 4 Abilene--QSV.POS.calren2.net (198.32.249.162) 1 msec 1 msec 1 msec 5 kscyng-snvang.abilene.ucaid.edu (198.32.8.103) 33 msec 35 msec 35 msec 6 iplsng-kscyng.abilene.ucaid.edu (198.32.8.80) 47 msec 45 msec 45 msec 7 so-0-2-0x1.aa1.mich.net (192.122.183.9) 56 msec 8 atm1-0x24.michnet8.mich.net (198.108.23.82) 53 msec 54 msec 56 msec 56 msec 57 msec 9 * * * 10 A-ARB3-LSA-NG.c-SEB.umnet.umich.edu (141.211.5.22) 58 msec 58 msec 58 msec 11 umaxp1.physics.lsa.umich.edu (141.211.101.64) 62 msec 63 msec 63 msec The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display Field Description 1 Indicates the sequence number of the router in the path to the host. i2-gateway.stanford.edu Host name of this device. 192.68.191.83 IP address of this device. 1 msec 1 msec 1 msec Round-trip time for each of the probes that are sent. The following table describes the characters that can appear in the traceroute command output. 316 System Management Field Description * The probe timed out. ? Unknown packet type. A Administratively unreachable. Usually, this output indicates that an access list is blocking traffic. H Host unreachable. N Network unreachable. P Protocol unreachable. Q Source quench. U Port unreachable. telnet The telnet User EXEC mode command is used to log in to a host that supports Telnet. Syntax telnet ip-address | hostname [port] [keyword1......] • ip-address—IP address of the destination host. (Range: 1 - 160 characters) • hostname—Hostname of the destination host (Range: Valid IP Address) • port—A decimal TCP port number, or one of the keywords from the ports table in the usage guidelines. The default is the Telnet port (decimal23) on the host. • keyword—Can be one or more keywords from the keywords table in the User Guidelines. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • The Telnet software supports special Telnet commands in the form of Telnet sequences that map generic terminal control functions to operating system-specific functions. To issue a special Telnet command, enter Esc and then a command character. Special Telnet Command characters System Management 317 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Escape Sequence Purpose Ctrl-shift-6 b Break Ctrl-shift-6 c Interrupt Process (IP) Ctrl-shift-6 h Erase Character (EC) Ctrl-shift-6 o Abort Output (AO) Ctrl-shift-6 t Are You There? (AYT) Ctrl-shift-6 u Erase Line (EL) Ctrl-shift-6 x Suspends the Session At any time during an active Telnet session, the Telnet commands can be listed by pressing the Ctrl-shift-6 key, followed by a question mark at the system prompt: Ctrl-shift-6? A sample of this list follows. Console> ‘Ctrl-shift-6’ ? [Special telnet escape help] Esc B sends telnet BREAK Esc C sends telnet IP Esc H sends telnet EC Esc O sends telnet AO Esc T sends telnet AYT Esc U sends telnet EL Esc x suspends the session (return to system command prompt) Several concurrent Telnet sessions can be opened and switched between them. To open a subsequent session, the current connection needs to be suspended, by pressing the escape sequence ‘Ctrl-Shift-6’ and ‘x’ to return to the system command prompt. Then open a new connection with the telnet command. Keywords Table 318 Options Description /echo Enables local echo /quiet Prevents onscreen display of all messages from the software. /source-interface Specifies the source interface. System Management /stream Turns on stream processing, which enables a raw TCP stream with no Telnet control sequences. A stream connection does not process Telnet options and can be appropriate for connections to ports running UNIX-toUNIX Copy Program (UUCP) and other non-Telnet protocols. Ctrl-shift-6 x Return to System Command Prompt Ports Table Keyword Description Port number bgp Border Gateway Protocol 179 chargen Character generator 19 cmd Remote commands 514 daytime Daytime 13 discard Discard 9 domain Domain Name Service 53 echo Echo 7 exec Exec 512 finger Finger 79 ftp File Transfer Protocol 21 ftp-data FTP data connections 20 gopher Gopher 70 hostname NIC hostname server 101 ident Ident Protocol 113 irc Internet Relay Chat 194 klogin Kerberos login 543 kshell Kerberos shell 544 login Login 513 lpd Printer service 515 nntp Network News Transport Protocol 119 pim-auto-rp PIM Auto-RP 496 pop2 Post Office Protocol v2 109 System Management 319 www.dell.com | support.dell.com pop3 Post Office Protocol v3 110 smtp Simple Mail Transport Protocol 25 sunrpc Sun Remote Procedure Call 111 syslog Syslog 514 tacacs TAC Access Control System 49 talk Talk 517 telnet Telnet 23 time Time 37 uucp Unix-to-Unix Copy Program 540 whois Nickname 43 www World Wide Web 80 Example Console> telnet 176.213.10.50 Esc U sends telnet EL resume The resume User EXEC mode command is used to switch to another open Telnet session. Syntax resume [connection] • connection—The connection number. The default is the most recent connection Default Configuration There is no default configuration for this command. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following command switches to another open Telnet session. Console> resume 176.213.10.50 320 System Management reload The reload Privileged EXEC mode command reloads the operating system. Syntax reload Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • Caution should be exercised when resetting the device, to ensure that no other activity is being performed. In particular, the user should verify that no configuration files are being downloaded at the time of reset. Example The following example reloads the operating system. Console# reload hostname The hostname Global Configuration mode command specifies or modifies the device host name. To remove the existing host name, use the no form of the command. Syntax hostname name no hostname • name—The device host name. Range (1-158 characters) Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. System Management 321 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example specifies the device host name. Console (config)# hostname Dell show users The show users User EXEC mode command displays information about the active users. Syntax show users Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays information about the active users. Console# show users Username Protocol Location ---------- ----------- ------------ Bob Serial John SSH 172.16.0.1 Robert HTTP 172.16.0.8 show sessions The show sessions User EXEC mode command lists the open Telnet sessions. Syntax show sessions This command has no arguments or keywords. 322 System Management Default Configuration There is no default configuration for this command. Command Mode EXEC mode User Guidelines 1 Open telnet session from PC 5324 to other device. 2 In the other device syntax, press Cntrl-shift-t-X 3 Enter the command show session. The number of sessions opened from PC 5324 is displayed. 4 Enter the command resume [number of session] to return to the relevant telnet session. Examples The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display: Console> show sessions Connecti on Host -------- Address Port Byte -------------- -------- ----- ---- 1 Remote device 172.16.1.1 23 89 2 172.16.1.2 172.16.1.2 23 8 Field Description Connection Connection number Host Remote host to which the device is connected through a Telnet session. Address IP address of the remote host. Port Telnet TCP port number Byte Number of unread bytes for the user to see on the connection. show system The show system User EXEC mode command displays system information. Syntax show system System Management 323 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the system information. console> show system System Description: Corporate System Up Time (days,hour:min:sec): 1,22:38:21 System Contact: System Name: RS1 System location: System MAC Address: 00:10:B5:F4:00:01 Sys Object ID: Type: PowerConnect 5324 Power Supply Status ------------ -------------------- Main OK Secondary OK Fan Status ------------ -------------------- 1 OK 2 OK show version The show version User EXEC mode command displays the system version information. Syntax show version 324 System Management Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays a system version (this version number is only for demonstration purposes). Router# show version SW version 3.131 HW version ( date 23-Jul-2002 time 17:34:19 ) 1.0.0 Router# show clock 15:29:03 Jun 17 2002 Router# show history show version show clock show history 3 commands were logged (buffer size is 10) asset-tag The asset-tag Global Configuration mode command specifies the device asset tag. To remove the existing asset tag, use the no form of the command. Syntax asset-tag tag no asset-tag • tag—The device asset tag. (Range: 1- 16 characters) System Management 325 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. No asset tag is defined by default. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example specifies the device asset tag as "1qwepot". Console (config)# asset-tag 1qwepot show system id The show system id User EXEC mode command displays the ID information. Syntax show system id Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • The tag information is on a device by device basis. Example The following example displays the system service tag information. Console> show system id Service Tag: 89788978 Serial number: 8936589782 Asset tag: 7843678957 326 System Management TACACS Commands tacacs-server host The tacacs-server host Global Configuration mode command specifies a TACACS+ host. To delete the specified name or address, use the no form of this command. Syntax tacacs-server host {ip-address | hostname} [single-connection] [port port-number] [timeout timeout] [key key-string] [source source] [priority priority] no tacacs-server host {ip-address | hostname} • ip-address—Name or IP address of the host. • hostname—Hostname of the tacacs server. (Range: 1 - 158 characters) • single-connection—Specify single-connection. Rather than have the device open and close a TCP connection to the daemon each time it must communicate, the singleconnection option maintains a single open connection between the device and the daemon. • port-number—Specify a server port number. If unspecified, the port number defaults to 49. (Range: 0 - 65535) • timeout—Specifies the timeout value in seconds. If no timeout value is specified, the global value is used. (Range: 1 - 30) • key-string—Specifies the authentication and encryption key for all TACACS communications between the device and the TACACS server. This key must match the encryption used on the TACACS daemon. If no key string value is specified, the global value is used. (Range: 0 - 128 characters) • source—Specifies the source IP address to use for the communication. If no source value is specified, the global value is used. • priority—Determines the order in which the servers will be used, when 0 is the highest priority. If unspecified defaults to 0. (Range: 0 - 65535) Default Configuration No TACACS host is specified Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • Multiple tacacs-server host commands can be used to specify multiple hosts. TACACS Commands 327 www.dell.com | support.dell.com • If no host-specific timeout, key or source values are specified, the global values apply to each host. Example The following example specifies a TACACS+ host. Console (config)# tacacs-server host 172.16.1.1 tacacs-server key The tacacs-server key Global Configuration mode command sets the authentication encryption key used for all TACACS+ communications between the device and the TACACS+ daemon. To disable the key, use the no form of this command. Syntax tacacs-server key key-string no tacacs-server key • key-string—Specifies the authentication and encryption key for all TACACS communications between the device and the TACACS server. This key must match the encryption used on the TACACS daemon. (Range: 0 - 128 characters) Default Configuration Empty string Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example sets the authentication encryption key. Console (config)# tacacs-server key dell-s tacacs-server timeout The tacacs-server timeout Global Configuration mode command sets the timeout value. To restore the default, use the no form of this command. Syntax tacacs-server timeout timeout no tacacs-server timeout 328 TACACS Commands • timeout—Specifies the timeout value in seconds. (Range: 1 - 30) Default Configuration 5 seconds Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example sets the timeout value as 30. Console (config)# tacacs-server timeout 30 tacacs-server source-ip The tacacs-server source-ip Global Configuration mode command specifies the source IP address that will be used for the communication with TACACS servers. To return to default, use the no form of this command. Syntax tacacs-server source-ip source no tacacs-server source-ip source • source—Specifies the source IP address. (Range: Valid IP Address) Default Configuration The IP address would be of the outgoing IP interface. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example specifies the source IP address. Console (config)# tacacs-server source-ip 172.16.8.1 TACACS Commands 329 www.dell.com | support.dell.com show tacacs The show tacacs Privileged EXEC mode command displays configuration and statistics for a TACACS+ server. Syntax show tacacs [ip-address] • ip-address—Name or IP address of the host. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example displays configuration and statistic for a TACACS+ server. Console# show tacacs IP address Status Port Single Connection TimeOut Source IP Priority ---------- -------- ----- --------- ------- ------- -------- 172.16.1.1 Connected 49 No Global Global 1 Global values -------------TimeOut: 3 Source IP: 172.16.8.1 330 TACACS Commands User Interface enable The enable User EXEC mode command enters the privileged EXEC mode. Syntax enable [privilege-level] • privilege-level—Privilege level to enter the system. (Range: 1 - 15) Default Configuration The default privilege level is 15. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example shows how to enter privileged mode: Console> enable enter password: Console# disable The disable Privileged EXEC mode command returns to User EXEC mode. Syntax disable [privilege-level] • privilege-level—Privilege level to enter the system. (Range: 1 - 15) Default Configuration The default privilege level is 1. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Interface 331 www.dell.com | support.dell.com User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example shows how to return to normal mode. Console# disable Console> login The login User EXEC mode command changes a login username. Syntax login Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example shows how to enter privileged EXEC mode and login. Console> login User Name:admin Password:***** Console# configure The configure Privileged EXEC mode command enters the global configuration mode. Syntax configure This command has no keywords or arguments. 332 User Interface Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example In the following example, because no keyword is entered, a prompt is displayed. After the keyword is selected, a message confirming the command entry method is displayed. Console# configure Console (config)# exit(configuration) The exit command exits any configuration mode to the next highest mode in the CLI mode hierarchy. Syntax exit Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode All command modes User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example changes the configuration mode from Interface Configuration mode to User EXEC mode. Console(config-if)# exit Console(config)# exit Console# User Interface 333 www.dell.com | support.dell.com exit(EXEC) The exit User EXEC mode command closes an active terminal session by logging off the device. Syntax exit Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example closes an active terminal session. Console> exit end The end Global Configuration mode command ends the current configuration session and returns to the privileged command mode. Syntax end Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode All Command modes User Guidelines • 334 There are no user guidelines for this command. User Interface Example The following example ends the current configuration session and returns to the previous command mode. Console (config)# end Console # help The help command displays a brief description of the help system. Syntax help Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode All Command modes User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. history The history Line Configuration mode command enables the command history function. To disable the command history feature, use the no form of this command. Syntax history no history Default Configuration The history function is enabled. Command Mode Line Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. User Interface 335 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example enables the command history function for telnet. Console (config)# line telnet Console (config-line)# history history size The history size Line Configuration mode command changes the command history buffer size for a particular line. To reset the command history buffer size to the default, use the no form of this command. Syntax history size number-of-commands no history size • number-of-commands—Number of commands that the system records in its history buffer. (Range: 0 - 256) Default Configuration The default history buffer size is 10. Command Mode Line Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example changes the command history buffer size to 100 entries for a particular line. Console (config-line)# history size 100 debug-mode The debug-mode Privilege EXEC mode command switches the mode to debug. Syntax debug-mode Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. 336 User Interface Command Mode Privilege EXEC command mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example enables the debug command interface. console(config)# console# debug >debug Enter DEBUG Password: ***** DEBUG> show history The show history User EXEC mode command lists the commands entered in the current session. Syntax show history Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC command mode User Guidelines • The commands are listed from the first to the latest command. • The buffer is kept unchanged when entering to configuration mode and returning back. • The command in the buffer includes the commands that were not executed. User Interface 337 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example displays all the commands entered while in the current privileged EXEC mode. Console# show history show version show clock show history show privilege The show privilege User EXEC mode command displays the current privilege level. Syntax show privilege Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode User EXEC command mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the current privilege level. Console# show privilege Current privilege level is 15 338 User Interface VLAN Commands vlan database The vlan database Global Configuration mode command enters the VLAN configuration mode. Syntax vlan database Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example enters the VLAN database mode. Console (config)# vlan database Console (config-vlan)# vlan Use the vlan VLAN Configuration mode command to create a VLAN. To delete a VLAN, use the no form of this command. Syntax vlan {vlan-range} no vlan {vlan-range} • vlan-range—A list of valid VLAN IDs to be added. List separate, non-consecutive VLAN IDs separated by commas (without spaces); use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs. (Range: 2 - 4094) Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode VLAN Configuration mode VLAN Commands 339 www.dell.com | support.dell.com User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example VLAN number 1972 is created. Console (config)# vlan database Console (config-vlan)# vlan 1972 default-vlan disable The default-vlan disable VLAN Configuration mode command disables the default VLAN functionality. Use the no form of this command to enable the default VLAN functionality. Syntax default-vlan disable no default-vlan disable This command has no keywords or arguments. Default Configuration Enabled Command Modes VLAN Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples1 Console# vlan database Console(config-vlan)# default-vlan disable interface vlan The interface vlan Global Configuration mode command enters the interface configuration (VLAN) mode. Syntax interface vlan vlan-id • 340 vlan-id—The ID of an existing VLAN (excluding GVRP dynamic VLANs). VLAN Commands Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example configures the VLAN 1 IP address of 131.108.1.27 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0. Console (config)# interface vlan 1 Console (config-if)# ip address 131.108.1.27 255.255.255.0 interface range vlan The interface range vlan Global Configuration mode command enters the interface configuration mode to configure multiple VLANs. Syntax interface range vlan {vlan-range | all} • vlan-range—A list of valid VLAN IDs to add. Separate non consecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces; a hyphen designates a range of IDs. • all—All existing static VLANs. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • Commands under the interface range context are executed independently on each interface in the range. If the command returns an error on one of the interfaces, an error message is displayed and execution continues on other interfaces. VLAN Commands 341 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example groups VLAN 221 until 228 and VLAN 889 to receive the same command. Console (config)# interface range vlan 221-228,889 Console (config-if)# name The name Interface Configuration mode command adds a name to a VLAN. To remove the VLAN name use the no form of this command. Syntax name string no name • string—Unique name, up to 32 characters in length, to be associated with this VLAN. Default Configuration No name is defined. Command Mode Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode User Guidelines • The VLAN name should be unique. Example The following example names VLAN number 19 with the name "Marketing". Console (config)# interface vlan 19 Console (config-if)# name Marketing switchport access vlan The switchport access vlan Interface Configuration mode command configures the VLAN ID when the interface is in access mode. To reconfigure the default, use the no form of this command. Syntax switchport access vlan vlan-id no switchport access vlan • 342 vlan-id—VID of the VLAN to which the port is configured. VLAN Commands Default Configuration VID=1 Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • The command automatically removes the port from the previous VLAN, and adds it to the new VLAN. Example The following example configures a VLAN ID of 23 to the untagged layer 2 VLAN interface number g8. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# switchport access vlan 23 switchport trunk allowed vlan The switchport trunk allowed vlan Interface Configuration mode command adds or removes VLANs, to or from a trunk port. Syntax switchport trunk allowed vlan {add vlan-list | remove vlan-list} • add vlan-list—List of VLAN IDs to add. Separate non consecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. A hyphen designates a range of IDs. • remove vlan-list—List of VLAN IDs to remove. Separate non consecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. A hyphen designate a range of IDs. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. VLAN Commands 343 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example shows how to add VLANs 2 and 5 to 8 to the allowed list of g8. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# switchport trunk allowed vlan add 2,5-8 switchport trunk native vlan The switchport trunk native vlan Interface Configuration mode command defines the port as a member of the specified VLAN, and the VLAN ID as the "port default VLAN ID (PVID)". To configure the default VLAN ID, use the no form of this command. Syntax switchport trunk native vlan vlan-id no switchport trunk native vlan • vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID of the native VLAN. Default Configuration If default VLAN is enabled, then the VID=1, otherwise VID = 4095. Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • This command has the following consequences: incoming untagged frames are assigned to this VLAN and outgoing traffic in this VLAN on this port is sent untagged (despite the normal situation where traffic sent from a trunk-mode port is all tagged). • The command adds the port as a member in the VLAN. If the port is already a member in the VLAN (not as a native), it should be first removed from the VLAN. Example The following example g8, in trunk mode, is configured to use VLAN number 123 as the "native" VLAN. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# switchport trunk native vlan 123 switchport general allowed vlan The switchport general allowed vlan Interface Configuration mode command adds or removes VLANs from a general port. 344 VLAN Commands Syntax switchport general allowed vlan add vlan-list [tagged | untagged] switchport general allowed vlan remove vlan-list • add vlan-list—List of VLAN IDs to add. Separate non consecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. A hyphen designates a range of IDs. • remove vlan-list—List of VLAN IDs to remove. Separate non consecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. A hyphen designates a range of IDs. • tagged—Sets the port to transmit tagged packets for the VLANs. If the port is added to a VLAN without specifying tagged or untagged the default is tagged. • untagged—Sets the port to transmit untagged packets for the VLANs. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • You can use this command to change the egress rule (e.g. from tagged to untagged), without first removing the VLAN from the list. Example The following example shows how to add VLANs 2, 5, and 6 to the allowed list. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# switchport general allowed vlan add 2,5,6 tagged switchport general pvid The switchport general pvid Interface Configuration mode command configures the PVID when the interface is in general mode. To configure the default value, use the no form of this command. Syntax switchport general pvid vlan-id no switchport general pvid • vlan-id—PVID (Port VLAN ID). The vlan-id may belong to a non-existent VLAN. Default Configuration VLAN ID=1 VLAN Commands 345 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • This command has the following consequences: incoming untagged frames are assigned to this VLAN and outgoing traffic in this VLAN on this port is sent untagged (despite the normal situation where traffic sent from a trunk-mode port is all tagged). Example The following example shows how to configure the PVID for g8, when the interface is in general mode. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# switchport general pvid 234 switchport general ingress-filtering disable The switchport general ingress-filtering disable Interface Configuration mode command disables port ingress filtering. To enable ingress filtering on a port, use the no form of this command. Syntax switchport general ingress-filtering disable no switchport general ingress-filtering disable Default Configuration Ingress filtering is enabled. Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example shows how to enables port ingress filtering on g8. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# switchport general ingress-filtering disable 346 VLAN Commands switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only The switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only Interface Configuration mode command discards untagged frames at ingress. To enable untagged frames at ingress, use the no form of this command. Syntax switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only no switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only Default Configuration All frame types are accepted at ingress. Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example configures g8 to discard untagged frames at ingress. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only switchport forbidden vlan The switchport forbidden vlan Interface Configuration mode command forbids adding specific VLANs to a port. This may be used to prevent GVRP from automatically making these VLANs active on the selected ports. To revert to allowing the addition of specific VLANs to the port, use the remove parameter for this command. Syntax switchport forbidden vlan {add vlan-list | remove vlan-list} • add vlan-list—List of VLAN IDs to add to the "forbidden" list. Separate non consecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. A hyphen designates a range of IDs. • remove vlan-list—List of VLAN IDs to remove from the "forbidden" list. Separate non consecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. A hyphen designates a range of IDs. Default Configuration All VLANs allowed. VLAN Commands 347 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example forbids adding VLANs number 234 till 256, to g8. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# switchport forbidden vlan add 234-256 map protocol protocols-group The map protocol protocols-group VLAN Configuration mode command maps a protocol to a protocol group. Protocol groups are used for protocol-based VLAN assignment. To delete a protocol from a group, use the no form of this command. Syntax map protocol protocol [encapsulation] protocols-group group no map protocol protocol encapsulation • protocol—The protocol is a 16 or 40 bits protocol number or one of the following names, ip-arp or ipx. The protocol number is in Hex format (Range: 0600 - FFFF). • encapsulation—One of the following values: ethernet, rfc1042 or llcOther. If no option is indicated the default is ethernet. • group—Protocol group number (Range: 1 - 2147483647). Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode VLAN Configuration mode User Guidelines There are no user guidelines for this command Example The following example maps protocol ip-arp to the group named "213". Console (config)# vlan database Console (config-vlan)# map protocol ip-arp protocols-group 213 348 VLAN Commands switchport general map protocols-group vlan The switchport general map protocols-group vlan Interface Configuration mode command sets a protocol-based classification rule. To delete a classification, use the no form of this command. Syntax switchport general map protocols-group group vlan vlan-id no switchport general map protocols-group group • group—Group number as defined in the map protocol protocols-group command. (Range: 1 - 2147483647) • vlan-id—Define the VLAN ID in the classifying rule. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example sets a protocol-based classification rule of protocol group 1 to VLAN 8. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# switchport general map protocols-group 1 vlan 8 ip internal-usage-vlan The ip internal-usage-vlan Interface Configuration mode command reserves a VLAN as the internal usage VLAN of an interface. Use the no form of this command to reset to default. Syntax ip internal-usage-vlan vlan-id no ip internal-usage-vlan • vlan-id—VLAN ID of the internal usage VLAN.(Range: Valid VLAN) Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. VLAN Commands 349 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) User Guidelines • An internal usage VLAN is required when an IP interface is defined on Ethernet port or Portchannel. • Using this command the user can define the internal usage VLAN of a port. • If an internal-usage is not defined for a Port, and the user wants to define an IP interface, the software chooses one of the unused VLANs. • If a VLAN ID was chosen by the software for internal usage, and the user wants to use that VLAN ID for static or dynamic VLAN, he should either remove the IP interface, creates the VLAN, and recreate the IP interface, or use this command to define explicit internal usage VLAN. Examples The following example reserves a VLAN as the internal usage VLAN of an interface. Console (config)# ip internal-usage-vlan 10 show vlan The show vlan Privileged EXEC mode command displays VLAN information. Syntax show vlan [tag vlan-id | name vlan-name] • vlan-id—A valid VLAN ID • vlan-name—A valid VLAN name string. (Range: 1 - 32 characters) Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays all VLAN information. 350 VLAN Commands Console# show vlan Vlan Name Ports Type Authorization 1 default g1-2 other Required g1-4 10 VLAN0010 g3-4 dynamic Required 11 VLAN0011 g1-2 static Required 20 VLAN0020 g3-4 static Required 21 VLAN0021 static Required 30 VLAN0030 static Required 31 VLAN0031 static Not Required show vlan internal usage The show vlan internal usage Privileged EXEC mode command displays a list of VLANs being used internally by the switch. Syntax show vlan internal usage Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. VLAN Commands 351 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example displays all VLAN information. Console# show vlan internal usage VLAN Usage Reserved IP Address ---- --------- ---------- ---------- 1007 g21 No Active 1008 g22 Yes Inactive 1009 g23 Yes Active show vlan protocols-groups The show vlan protocols-groups Privileged EXEC mode command displays protocols-groups information. Syntax show vlan protocols-groups Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays protocols-groups information. 352 VLAN Commands Console# show vlan protocols-groups Encapsulation Protocol Group Id ------------- -------- -------- ethernet 08 00 213 ethernet 08 06 213 ethernet 81 37 312 ethernet 81 38 312 rfc1042 08 00 213 rfc1042 08 06 213 show interfaces switchport The show interfaces switchport Privileged EXEC mode command displays switchport configuration. Syntax show interfaces switchport {ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number} • Interface—Specific interface, such as ethernet g8. • port-channel-number—Valid port-channel trunk index. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays switchport configuration individually for g1. VLAN Commands 353 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Console# show interface switchport ethernet g1 Port g1: Port mode: General GVRP Status: disabled Ingress Filtering: true Acceptable Frame Type: admitAll Ingress Untagged VLAN (NATIVE) : 1 Port is member in: Vlan Name Egress rule Type ---- ------- ----------- --------- 1 default untagged System 8 VLAN008 tagged Dynamic 11 VLAN011 tagged Static Forbidden VLANS: VLAN Name ---- ---- 73 Out Classification rules: Group ID VLAN -------- ---- 219 372 switchport mode Use the switchport mode interface configuration command to configure the VLAN membership mode of a port. Use the no form of this command to reset the mode to the appropriate default for the device. Syntax switchport mode {customer | access | trunk | general} 354 VLAN Commands no switchport mode • customer — The port is connected to customer equipment. Used when the switch is in a provider network. • access — Untagged layer 2 VLAN interface • trunk — Trunking layer 2 VLAN interface • general — Full 802.1q support VLAN interface Default Configuration All ports are in access mode, and belong to the default VLAN (whose VID=1). Command Modes Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command Example The following example onfigures the VLAN membership mode of a port. Use the no form of this command to reset the mode to the appropriate default for the device. console# config console(config)# interface ethernet g1 console(config-if)# switchport mode customer switchport customer vlan Use the switchport customer vlan interface configuration command to set the port's VLAN when the interface is in customer mode. Use the no form of this command to revert to default. Syntax switchport customer vlan vlan-id no switchport customer vlan • vlan-id — VLAN ID of the customer Default Configuration No VLAN is configured. Command Modes Interface configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) VLAN Commands 355 www.dell.com | support.dell.com User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example sets the port's VLAN when the interface is in customer mode. Console(config)# interface ethernet g5 Console(config-if)# switchport customer vlan vlan-id 356 VLAN Commands Web Server ip http server The ip http server Global Configuration mode command enables the device to be configured from a browser. To disable this function use the no form of this command. Syntax ip http server no ip http server Default Configuration HTTP server is disabled by default. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • Only a user with access level 15 can use the web server. Example The following example enables the device to be configured from a browser. Console (enable)# ip http server ip http port The ip http port Global Configuration mode command specifies the TCP port for use by a web browser to configure the device. To use the default TCP port, use the no form of this command. Syntax ip http port port-number no ip http port • port-number—Port number for use by the HTTP server. (Range: 0 - 65535) Default Configuration This default port number is 80. Command Mode Global Configuration mode Web Server 357 www.dell.com | support.dell.com User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. However, specifying 0 as the port number will effectively disable HTTP access to the device. Example The following example shows how the http port number is configured to 100. Console (config)# ip http port 100 ip https server The ip https server Global Configuration mode command enables the device to be configured from a secured browser. To disable this function, use the no form of this command. Syntax ip https server no ip https server Default Configuration The default for the device is disabled. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • You must use the crypto certificate generate command to generate the HTTPS certificate. Example The following example enables the device to be configured from a browser. Console (enable)# ip https server ip https port The ip https port Global Configuration mode command configures a TCP port for use by a secure web browser to configure the device. To use the default port, use the no form of this command. Syntax ip https port port-number no ip https port • 358 Web Server port-number—Port number for use by the HTTP server. (Range: 0 - 65535) Default Configuration This default port number is 443. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example configures the https port number to 100. Console (enable)# ip https port 100 crypto certificate generate The crypto certificate generate Global Configuration mode command generates a HTTPS certificate. Syntax crypto certificate [number] generate [key-generate [length]] [passphrase string] [cn commonname] [ou organization-unit] [o organization] [l location] [st state] [c country] [duration days] • number —Specifies the certificate number. If unspecified, defaults to 1. (Range: 1 - 2) • key-generate—Regenerate SSL RSA key. • length—Specifies the SSL RSA key length. If unspecified, length defaults to 1024. (Range: 512 - 2048) • passphrase string—Passphrase that is used for exporting the certificate in PKCS12 file format. If unspecified the certificate is not exportable. (Range: 8 - 96) • cn common- name—Specifies the fully qualified URL or IP address of the device. If unspecified, defaults to the lowest IP address of the device (where the certificate is generated). (Range: 1 - 64) • ou organization-unit—Specifies the organization-unit or department name.(Range: 1 64) • o organization—Specifies the organization name. (Range: 1 - 64) • l location—Specifies the location or city name. (Range: 1 - 64) • st state—Specifies the state or province name. (Range: 1 - 64) • c country—Specifies the country name. (Range: 1 - 2) • duration days—Specifies number of days a certification would be valid. If unspecified defaults to 365 days. (Range: 30 - 3650) Web Server 359 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Default Configuration The Certificate and the SSL RSA key pairs do not exist. Command Mode Global Configuration mode User Guidelines • The command is not saved in the device configuration; however, the certificate and keys generated by this command are saved in the private configuration, which is never displayed to the user or backed up to another device. • Use this command to generate self-signed certificate for your device. • When you export an RSA key pair to a PKCS#12 file, the RSA key pair is as secure as the passphrase. Therefore, keep the passphrase secure. Example The following example regenerates a HTTPS certificate. Console (enable)# crypto certificate generate key-generate crypto certificate request The crypto certificate request Privileged EXEC mode command generates and displays certificate requests for HTTPS. Syntax crypto certificate number request common- name [ou organization-unit] [o organization] [l location] [st state] [c country] • number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1 - 2) • common- name—Specifies the fully qualified URL or IP address of the device. (Range: 164) • ou organization-unit—Specifies the organization-unit or department name. (Range: 164) • o organization—Specifies the organization name. (Range: 1- 64) • l location—Specifies the location or city name. (Range: 1- 64) • st state—Specifies the state or province name. (Range: 1- 64) • c country— Specifies the country name. (Range: 1- 2) Default Configuration There is no default configuration for this command. 360 Web Server Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • Use this command to export a certificate request to a Certification Authority. The certificate request is generated in Base64-encoded X.509 format. • Before generating a certificate request you must first generate a self-signed certificate using the crypto certificate generate Global Configuration mode command. • After receiving the certificate from the Certification Authority, use the crypto certificate import Global Configuration mode command to import the certificate into the device. This certificate would replace the self-signed certificate. Examples The following example generates and displays a certificate request for HTTPS. Console# crypto certificate 1 request -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST----MIwTCCASoCAQAwYjELMAkGA1UEBhMCUFAxCzAJBgNVBAgTAkNDMQswCQYDVQQH EwRDEMMAoGA1UEChMDZGxkMQwwCgYDVQQLEwNkbGQxCzAJBgNVBAMTAmxkMRAw DgKoZIhvcNAQkBFgFsMIGfMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBAQUAA4GNADCBiQKBgQC8ecwQ HdML0831i0fh/F0MV/Kib6Sz5p+3nUUenbfHp/igVPmFM+1nbqTDekb2ymCu6K aKvEbVLF9F2LmM7VPjDBb9bb4jnxkvwW/wzDLvW2rsy5NPmH1QVl+8Ubx3GyCm /oW93BSOFwxwEsP58kf+sPYPy+/8wwmoNtDwIDAQABoB8wHQYJKoZIhvcNAQkH MRDjEyMwgICCAgICAICAgIMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBAUAA4GBAGb8UgIx7rB05m+2 m5ZZPhIwl8ARSPXwhVdJexFjbnmvcacqjPG8pIiRV6LkxryGF2bVU3jKEipcZa g+uNpyTkDt3ZVU72pjz/fa8TF0n3 -----END CERTIFICATE REQUEST----- CN= router.gm.com 0= General Motors C= US Web Server 361 www.dell.com | support.dell.com crypto certificate import The crypto certificate import Global Configuration mode command imports a certificate signed by Certification Authority for HTTPS. Syntax crypto certificate number import • number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1 - 2) Default Configuration There is no default configuration for this command. Command Mode Global configuration mode User Guidelines 362 • Use this command to enter an external certificate (signed by Certification Authority) to the device. To end the session, enter a new line, enter "." (period) and add another new line. • The imported certificate must be based on a certificate request created by the crypto certificate request Privileged EXEC mode command. • If the public key found in the certificate does not match the device's SSL RSA key, the command will fail. • This command is not saved in the device configuration; however, the certificate imported by this command is saved in the private configuration (which is never displayed to the user or backed up to another device). Web Server Examples The following example imports a certificate signed by Certification Authority for HTTPS. Console(config)# crypto certificate 1 import -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----dHmUgUm9vdCBDZXJ0aWZpZXIwXDANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQEFAANLADBIAkEAp4HS nnH/xQSGA2ffkRBwU2XIxb7n8VPsTm1xyJ1t11a1GaqchfMqqe0kmfhcoHSWr yf1FpD0MWOTgDAwIDAQABo4IBojCCAZ4wEwYJKwYBBAGCNxQCBAYeBABDAEEw CwR0PBAQDAgFGMA8GA1UdEwEB/wQFMAMBAf8wHQYDVR0OBBYEFAf4MT9BRD47 ZvKBAEL9Ggp+6MIIBNgYDVR0fBIIBLTCCASkwgdKggc+ggcyGgclsZGFwOi8v L0VByb3h5JTIwU29mdHdhcmUlMjBSb290JTIwQ2VydGlmaWVyLENOPXNlcnZl -----END CERTIFICATE----- Certificate imported successfully. Issued to: router.gm.com Issued by: www.verisign.com Valid from: 8/9/2003 to 8/9/2004 Subject: CN= router.gm.com, 0= General Motors, C= US Finger print: DC789788 DC88A988 127897BC BB789788 ip https certificate The ip https certificate Global Configuration mode command configures the active certificate for HTTPS. Use the no form of this command to return to default. Syntax ip https certificate number no ip https certificate • number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1 - 2) Default Configuration Certificate number 1. Web Server 363 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Global configuration mode User Guidelines • The crypto certificate generate command should be used in order to generate HTTPS certificates. Example The following example configures the active certificate for HTTPS. Console (config)# ip https certificate 1 crypto certificate export pkcs12 The crypto certificate export pkcs12 Privileged EXEC mode command, exports the certificate and the RSA keys within a PKCS12 file. Syntax crypto certificate number export pkcs12 • number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1 - 2) Default Configuration There is no default configuration for this command. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines 364 • The crypto certificate export pkcs12 command creates a PKCS 12 file that contains the certificate and an RSA key pair. • The passphrase for the exporting is determined when the key is generated. • The certificate and key pair is exported in standard PEM-format PKCS12 file. This format can be converted to and from the binary PFX file used by Windows and Linux by using the openssl command-line tool. See the OpenSSL user manual (man pkcs12) for more information. Web Server Example The following example exports the certificate and RSA keys. Console# crypto certificate 1 export pkcs12 Bag Attributes localKeyID: 0C 75 81 77 5A 31 53 D1 FF 4E 26 BE 8D 4A FD 8B 22 9F 45 D4 subject=/C=us/ST= /L= /CN= /O= /OU= issuer= /C=us/ST= /L= /CN= /O= /OU= -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----MIIBfDCCASYCAQAwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEEBQAwSTELMAkGA1UEBhMCdXMxCjAIBgNV BAgTASAxCjAIBgNVBAcTASAxCjAIBgNVBAMTASAxCjAIBgNVBAoTASAxCjAIBgNV BAsTASAwHhcNMDQwMjA3MTU1NDQ4WhcNMDUwMjA2MTU1NDQ4WjBJMQswCQYDVQQG EwJ1czEKMAgGA1UECBMBIDEKMAgGA1UEBxMBIDEKMAgGA1UEAxMBIDEKMAgGA1UE ChMBIDEKMAgGA1UECxMBIDBcMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBAQUAA0sAMEgCQQCZXP/tk3e/ jrulfZw8q8T2oS5ymrEIes/sRJE8uahTBJqKu1VHqRYJR3VYa/03HSJ741w5MzPI iuWZzrbbuXAxAgMBAAEwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEEBQADQQBQ+GTLeN1p1kARxI4C1fTU efig3ffZ/tjW5q1t1r5F6zNv/GuXWw7rGzmRyoMXDcYp1TaA4gAIFQCpFGqiSbAx -----END CERTIFICATE----Bag Attributes localKeyID: 0C 75 81 77 5A 31 53 D1 FF 4E 26 BE 8D 4A FD 8B 22 9F 45 D4 Key Attributes: -----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY----Proc-Type: 4,ENCRYPTED DEK-Info: DES-EDE3-CBC,085DCBF3A41D2669 dac0m9jqEp1DM50sIDb8Jq1jxW/1P0kqSxuMhc25OdBE/1fPBg9VSvV1ARaYt16W bX67UyJ8t7HHF3AowjcWzElQ5GJgSQ0VemsqsRQzjpCTb090rx+cNwVfIvjoedgQ Mtl5+fKIAcqsfEgEGJNXQ4jEzsXAkwfQLFfgt47O3IpkUn0AxrQzutJDOcC28Uxp raMVTVSlSkJIvaPuXJxdZ279tDMwZffILBfKCJGACT5V5/4WEqDkrF+uuF9/oxm2 5SVL8TvUmXB/3hX4UoaXtxAhuyOdhh1kyyZSpw9BPPR/8bc/wUYERh7+7JXLKHpd ueeu3znfIX4dDeti8B3xYvvE8kGZjxFN1cC3zc3JsD0IVu1LkyiAa93P4LPEvAwG Fw1LqmGiiqw9JM/tzc6kYkZXylFzCrSVf2exP+/tEvM= -----END RSA PRIVATE KEY----- Web Server 365 www.dell.com | support.dell.com crypto certificate import pkcs12 The crypto certificate import pkcs12 Privileged EXEC mode command, imports the certificate and the RSA keys within a PKCS12 file. Syntax crypto certificate number import pkcs12 passphrase • number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1 - 2) • passphrase—Passphrase that is used to encrypt the PKCS12 file for export. (Range: 8 - 96) Default Configuration There is no default configuration for this command. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • The passphrase that was exported by the crypto certificate export pkcs12 command should be used. Please note that this passphrase would be saved for later exports. Example The following example imports the certificate and RSA keys. 366 Web Server Console# crypto certificate 1 import pkcs12 passphrase Bag Attributes localKeyID: 0C 75 81 77 5A 31 53 D1 FF 4E 26 BE 8D 4A FD 8B 22 9F 45 D4 subject=/C=us/ST= /L= /CN= /O= /OU= issuer= /C=us/ST= /L= /CN= /O= /OU= -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----MIIBfDCCASYCAQAwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEEBQAwSTELMAkGA1UEBhMCdXMxCjAIBgNV BAgTASAxCjAIBgNVBAcTASAxCjAIBgNVBAMTASAxCjAIBgNVBAoTASAxCjAIBgNV BAsTASAwHhcNMDQwMjA3MTU1NDQ4WhcNMDUwMjA2MTU1NDQ4WjBJMQswCQYDVQQG EwJ1czEKMAgGA1UECBMBIDEKMAgGA1UEBxMBIDEKMAgGA1UEAxMBIDEKMAgGA1UE ChMBIDEKMAgGA1UECxMBIDBcMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBAQUAA0sAMEgCQQCZXP/tk3e/ jrulfZw8q8T2oS5ymrEIes/sRJE8uahTBJqKu1VHqRYJR3VYa/03HSJ741w5MzPI iuWZzrbbuXAxAgMBAAEwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEEBQADQQBQ+GTLeN1p1kARxI4C1fTU efig3ffZ/tjW5q1t1r5F6zNv/GuXWw7rGzmRyoMXDcYp1TaA4gAIFQCpFGqiSbAx -----END CERTIFICATE----Bag Attributes localKeyID: 0C 75 81 77 5A 31 53 D1 FF 4E 26 BE 8D 4A FD 8B 22 9F 45 D4 Key Attributes: -----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY----Proc-Type: 4,ENCRYPTED DEK-Info: DES-EDE3-CBC,085DCBF3A41D2669 dac0m9jqEp1DM50sIDb8Jq1jxW/1P0kqSxuMhc25OdBE/1fPBg9VSvV1ARaYt16W bX67UyJ8t7HHF3AowjcWzElQ5GJgSQ0VemsqsRQzjpCTb090rx+cNwVfIvjoedgQ Mtl5+fKIAcqsfEgEGJNXQ4jEzsXAkwfQLFfgt47O3IpkUn0AxrQzutJDOcC28Uxp raMVTVSlSkJIvaPuXJxdZ279tDMwZffILBfKCJGACT5V5/4WEqDkrF+uuF9/oxm2 5SVL8TvUmXB/3hX4UoaXtxAhuyOdhh1kyyZSpw9BPPR/8bc/wUYERh7+7JXLKHpd ueeu3znfIX4dDeti8B3xYvvE8kGZjxFN1cC3zc3JsD0IVu1LkyiAa93P4LPEvAwG Fw1LqmGiiqw9JM/tzc6kYkZXylFzCrSVf2exP+/tEvM= -----END RSA PRIVATE KEY----- Web Server 367 www.dell.com | support.dell.com show crypto certificate mycertificate The show crypto certificate mycertificate Privileged EXEC mode command allows you to view the SSL certificates of your device. Syntax show crypto certificate mycertificate [number] • number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1- 2) Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the certificate. Console# show crypto certificate mycertificate 1 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----dHmUgUm9vdCBDZXJ0aWZpZXIwXDANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQEFAANLADBIAkEAp4HS nnH/xQSGA2ffkRBwU2XIxb7n8VPsTm1xyJ1t11a1GaqchfMqqe0kmfhcoHSWr yf1FpD0MWOTgDAwIDAQABo4IBojCCAZ4wEwYJKwYBBAGCNxQCBAYeBABDAEEw CwR0PBAQDAgFGMA8GA1UdEwEB/wQFMAMBAf8wHQYDVR0OBBYEFAf4MT9BRD47 ZvKBAEL9Ggp+6MIIBNgYDVR0fBIIBLTCCASkwgdKggc+ggcyGgclsZGFwOi8v L0VByb3h5JTIwU29mdHdhcmUlMjBSb290JTIwQ2VydGlmaWVyLENOPXNlcnZl -----END CERTIFICATE----- Issued by: www.verisign.com Valid from: 8/9/2003 to 8/9/2004 Subject: CN= router.gm.com, 0= General Motors, C= US Finger print: DC789788 DC88A988 127897BC BB789788 368 Web Server show ip http The show ip http Privileged EXEC mode command displays the HTTP server configuration. Syntax show ip http Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays the HTTP server configuration. Console# show ip http HTTP server enabled. Port: 80 show ip https The show ip http Privileged EXEC mode command displays the HTTPS server configuration. Syntax show ip https Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Web Server 369 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example The following example displays the HTTP server configuration. Console# show ip https HTTPS server enabled. Port: 443 Certificate 1 is active Issued by: www.verisign.com Valid from: 8/9/2003 to 8/9/2004 Subject: CN= router.gm.com, 0= General Motors, C= US Finger print: DC789788 DC88A988 127897BC BB789788 Certificate 2 is inactive Issued by: self-signed Valid from: 8/9/2003 to 8/9/2004 Subject: CN= router.gm.com, 0= General Motors, C= US Finger print: 1873B936 88DC3411 BC8932EF 782134BA 370 Web Server 802.1x Commands aaa authentication dot1x The aaa authentication dot1x Global Configuration mode command specifies one or more authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) methods for use to authenticate interfaces running IEEE 802.1X. Use the no form of this command to return to default. Syntax aaa authentication dot1x default method1 [method2...] no aaa authentication dot1x default • method1 [method2...]—At least one from the following table: Keyword Description Radius Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication None Uses no authentication Default Configuration The default behavior of the "aaa authentication" for dot1.x is "failed to authenticate". If the 8021.x calls the AAA for authentication services it will receive a fail status. Command Mode Global configuration mode User Guidelines • The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an error, for example the authentication server is down, and not if the request for authenticate is denied access. To ensure that the authentication succeeds even if all methods return an error, specify none as the final method in the command line. • The radius server must support MD-5 challenge and EAP type frames. Examples The following example uses the aaa authentication dot1x default command with no authentication. Console (config)# aaa authentication dot1x default none 802.1x Commands 371 www.dell.com | support.dell.com dot1x system-auto-control The dot1x system-auto-control Global Configuration mode command enables 802.1x globally. Use the no form of this command to disable 802.1x globally. Syntax dot1x system-auto-control no dot1x system-auto-control • This command has no arguments or keywords. Default Configuration Disabled Command Modes Global configuration mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example enables 802.1x globally. Console (config)# dot1x system-auto-control dot1x port-control The dot1x port-control Interface Configuration mode command enables manual control of the authorization state of the port. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. Syntax dot1x port-control {auto | force-authorized | force-unauthorized} no dot1x port-control 372 • auto—Enable 802.1X authentication on the interface and cause the port to transition to the authorized or unauthorized state based on the 802.1X authentication exchange between the switch and the client. • force-authorized—Disable 802.1X authentication on the interface and cause the port to transition to the authorized state without any authentication exchange required. The port resends and receives normal traffic without 802.1X-based authentication of the client. • force-unauthorized—Deny all access through this interface by forcing the port to transition to the unauthorized state, ignoring all attempts by the client to authenticate. The switch cannot provide authentication services to the client through the interface. 802.1x Commands Default Configuration force-authorized Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet) User Guidelines • It is recommended to disable spanning tree or to enable spanning-tree PortFast mode on 802.1x edge ports (ports in auto state that are connected to end stations), in order to get immediately to the forwarding state after successful authentication. Examples The following example enables 802.1X authentication on the interface. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# dot1x port-control auto dot1x re-authentication The dot1x re-authentication Interface Configuration mode command enables periodic reauthentication of the client. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. Syntax dot1x re-authentication no dot1x re-authentication This command has no arguments or keywords. Default Configuration Periodic re-authentication is disabled. Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet) User Guidelines • It is recommended to use re-authentication because if re-authentication is not defined, once a port is authenticated, it will remain in this state until the port is down or a log-off message is sent by client. 802.1x Commands 373 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Examples The following example enables periodic re-authentication of the client. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# dot1x re-authentication dot1x timeout re-authperiod The dot1x timeout re-authperiod Interface Configuration mode command sets the number of seconds between re-authentication attempts. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. Syntax dot1x timeout re-authperiod seconds no dot1x timeout re-authperiod • seconds— Number of seconds between re-authentication attempts. (Range: 300 4294967295) Default Configuration 3600 Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet) mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example sets the number of seconds between re-authentication attempts, to 3600. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# dot1x timeout re-authperiod 3600 dot1x re-authenticate The dot1x re-authenticate Privileged EXEC mode command manually initiates a reauthentication of all 802.1X-enabled ports or the specified 802.1X-enabled port. dot1x re-authenticate [ethernet interface] Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. 374 802.1x Commands Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples • The following command manually initiates a re-authentication of the 802.1X-enabled port. Console# dot1x re-authenticate ethernet g8 dot1x timeout quiet-period The dot1x timeout quiet-period Interface Configuration mode command sets the number of seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state following a failed authentication exchange (for example, the client provided an invalid password). Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. Syntax dot1x timeout quiet-period seconds no dot1x timeout quiet-period • seconds—Time in seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state following a failed authentication exchange with the client. (Range: 0 - 65535 seconds) Default Configuration 60 Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet) User Guidelines • During the quiet period, the switch does not accept or initiate any authentication requests. • The default value of this command should only be changed to adjust for unusual circumstances, such as unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication servers. • If it is necessary to provide a faster response time to the user, a smaller number than the default should be entered. 802.1x Commands 375 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Examples The following example sets the number of seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state following a failed authentication exchange, to 3600. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# dot1x timeout quiet-period 3600 dot1x timeout tx-period The dot1x timeout tx-period Interface Configuration mode command sets the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) request/identity frame, from the client, before resending the request. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. Syntax dot1x timeout tx-period seconds no dot1x timeout tx-period • seconds— Time in seconds that the switch should wait for a response to an EAP request/identity frame from the client before resending the request. (Range: 1 - 65535 seconds) Default Configuration 30 Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet) mode User Guidelines • You should change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual circumstances, such as unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication servers. Examples The following command sets the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an EAP - request/identity frame, to 3600 seconds. Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# dot1x timeout tx-period 3600 376 802.1x Commands dot1x max-req The dot1x max-req Interface Configuration mode command sets the maximum number of times that the switch sends an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) - request/identity frame (assuming that no response is received) to the client, before restarting the authentication process. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. Syntax dot1x max-req count no dot1x max-req • count—Number of times that the switch sends an EAP - request/identity frame before restarting the authentication process. (Range: 1 - 10) Default Configuration 2 Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet) mode User Guidelines • You should change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual circumstances, such as unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication servers. Examples The following example sets the number of times that the switch sends an EAP - request/identity frame, to 6 . Console (config)# interface ethernet g8 Console (config-if)# dot1x max-req 6 dot1x timeout supp-timeout The dot1x timeout supp-timeout Interface Configuration mode command sets the time for the retransmission of an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request frame to the client. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. Syntax dot1x timeout supp-timeout seconds no dot1x timeout supp-timeout • seconds—Time in seconds that the switch should wait for a response to an EAP-request frame from the client before resending the request. (Range: 1 - 65535 seconds) 802.1x Commands 377 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Default Configuration 30 Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet) mode User Guidelines • The default value of this command should be changed only to adjust to unusual circumstances, such as unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication servers. Examples The following example sets the time for the retransmission of an EAP-request frame to the client, to 3600 seconds. console config-if(Config-VLAN)# dot1x timeout supp-timeout 3600 dot1x timeout server-timeout The dot1x timeout server-timeout Interface Configuration mode command sets the time for the retransmission of packets to the authentication server. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. Syntax dot1x timeout server-timeout seconds no dot1x timeout server-timeout • seconds—Time in seconds that the switch should wait for a response from the authentication server before resending the request. (Range: 1 - 65535 seconds) Default Configuration 30 Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet) mode User Guidelines • 378 There are no user guidelines for this command. 802.1x Commands Examples The following example sets the time for the retransmission of packets to the authentication server., to 3600 seconds. Console (config)# dot1x timeout server-timeout 3600 show dot1x The show dot1x Privileged EXEC mode command displays 802.1X status for the switch or for the specified interface. Syntax show dot1x [ethernet interface] • interface—The full syntax is: port. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Examples The following example displays 802.1X status for the switch. Console# show dot1x Interface Admin Mode Oper Mode Reauth Control Reauth Period Username --------- ---------- ---------- -------- ------ -------- g1 Auto Authorized Ena 3600 Bob g2 Auto Authorized Ena 3600 John g3 Auto Unauthorized Ena 3600 Clark g4 Force-auth Authorized Dis 3600 n/a 802.1x Commands 379 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Console# show dot1x ethernet g3 Interface Admin Mode Oper Mode Reauth Control Reauth Period Username g3 Auto Unauthorize d Ena 3600 Clark State: held Quiet period: 60 Tx period: 30 Max req: 2 Login Time: n/a Last Authentication: n/a MAC Address: 00:08:78:32:98:78 Authentication Method: Remote Termination Cause: Supplicant logoff The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display: 380 Field Description Interface The interface number. Admin mode The admin mode of the port. Possible values are: Force-auth, Forceunauth, Auto Oper mode The oper mode of the port. Possible values are: Authorized, Unauthorized. Reauth Control Reauthentication control. Reauth Period Reauthentication period. Username The User-Name representing the identity of the Supplicant. State The current value of the Authenticator PAE state machine. Quiet period The number of seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state following a failed authentication exchange (for example, the client provided an invalid password). Tx period The number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request/identity frame from the client before resending the request. 802.1x Commands Max req The maximum number of times that the switch sends an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request/identity frame (assuming that no response is received) to the client before restarting the authentication process. Login Time How long the user is logged in. Last Authentication Time since last authentication. Mac address The supplicant MAC address. Authentication Method The authentication method used to establish the session. Termination Cause The reason for the session termination. show dot1x users The show dot1x users Privileged EXEC mode command displays 802.1X users for the switch. Syntax show dot1x users [username username] • username—Supplicant username (Range: 1- 160 characters) Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • There are no user guidelines for this command. Example The following example displays 802.1X users. console# show dot1x users Username Session Time Last Auth Auth Method MAC Address Interface -------- ----------- --------- -------- -------------- Bob 1d3h 58m Remote 00:08:3b:79:87:87 g1 John 8h19m 2m None 00:08:3b:89:31:27 g2 -------- The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display: 802.1x Commands 381 www.dell.com | support.dell.com Field Description Username The User-Name representing the identity of the Supplicant. Login Time How long the user is logged in. Last Authentication Time since last authentication. Authentication Method The authentication method used to establish the session. Mac address The supplicant MAC address. Interface The interface that the user is using. show dot1x statistics The show dot1x statistics Privileged EXEC mode command displays 802.1X statistics for the specified interface. Syntax show dot1x statistics ethernet interface • interface—The full syntax is: port. Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • 382 There are no user guidelines for this command. 802.1x Commands Examples The following example displays 802.1X statistics for the specified interface. Switch# show dot1x statistics ethernet g1 EapolFramesRx: 11 EapolFramesTx: 12 EapolStartFramesRx: 1 EapolLogoffFramesRx: 1 EapolRespIdFramesRx: 3 EapolRespFramesRx: 6 EapolReqIdFramesTx: 3 EapolReqFramesTx: 6 InvalidEapolFramesRx: 0 EapLengthErrorFramesRx: 0 LastEapolFrameVersion: 1 LastEapolFrameSource: 0008.3b79.8787 The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display: Field Description EapolFramesRx The number of valid EAPOL frames of any type that have been received by this Authenticator. EapolFramesTx The number of EAPOL frames of any type that have been transmitted by this Authenticator. EapolStartFramesRx The number of EAPOL Start frames that have been received by this Authenticator. EapolLogoffFramesRx The number of EAPOL Logoff frames that have been received by this Authenticator. EapolRespIdFramesRx The number of EAP Resp/Id frames that have been received by this Authenticator. EapolRespFramesRx The number of valid EAP Response frames (other than Resp/Id frames) that have been received by this Authenticator. EapolReqIdFramesTx The number of EAP Req/Id frames that have been transmitted by this Authenticator. 802.1x Commands 383 www.dell.com | support.dell.com EapolReqFramesTx The number of EAP Request frames (other than Rq/Id frames) that have been transmitted by this Authenticator. InvalidEapolFramesRx The number of EAPOL frames that have been received by this Authenticator in which the frame type is not recognized. EapLengthErrorFramesRx The number of EAPOL frames that have been received by this Authenticator in which the Packet Body Length field is invalid. LastEapolFrameVersion The protocol version number carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame. LastEapolFrameSource The source MAC address carried carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame. ADVANCED FEATURES dot1x auth-not-req The dot1x auth-not-req VLAN Configuration mode command enables unauthorized users access to that VLAN. Use the no form of this command to disable the access. Syntax dot1x auth-not-req no dot1x auth-not-req This command has no arguments or keywords. Default Configuration User should be authorized to access the VLAN. Command Mode VLAN Configuration mode User Guidelines • An access port cannot be a member in an unauthenticated VLAN. The native VLAN of a trunk port cannot be an unauthenticated VLAN. For a general port, the PVID can be the Unauthenticated VLAN (although only tagged packets would be accepted in Unauthorized state.) Examples The following example enables unauthorized users access to the VLAN. console config-if(Config-VLAN)# dot1x auth-not-req 384 802.1x Commands dot1x multiple-hosts The dot1x multiple-hosts Interface Configuration mode command allows multiple hosts (clients) on an 802.1X-authorized port, that has the dot1x port-control Interface Configuration mode command set to auto. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. Syntax dot1x multiple-hosts no dot1x multiple-hosts This command has no arguments or keywords. Default Configuration Multiple hosts are disabled. If a port would join a port-channel, the state would be multiple hosts as long as the port is member in the port-channel. Multiple-hosts must be enabled if the user wants to disable ingress-filtering on this port. Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet) mode User Guidelines • This command enables the attachment of multiple clients to a single 802.1X-enabled port. In this mode, only one of the attached hosts must be successfully authorized for all hosts to be granted network access. If the port becomes unauthorized, all attached clients are denied access to the network. • For unauthenticated VLANs multiple hosts are always enabled. Examples The following command allows multiple hosts (clients) on an 802.1X-authorized port. console config-if(Config-VLAN)#dot1x multiple-hosts dot1x single-host-violation The dot1x single-host-violation Interface Configuration mode command configures the action to be taken, when a station whose MAC address is not the supplicant MAC address, attempts to access the interface. Use the no form of this command to return to default. Syntax dot1x single-host-violation {forward | discard | discard-shutdown} [trap seconds] no port dot1x single-host-violation 802.1x Commands 385 www.dell.com | support.dell.com • forward—Forward frames with source addresses not the supplicant address, but do not learn the address. • discard—Discard frames with source addresses not the supplicant address. • discard-shutdown—Discard frames with source addresses not the supplicant address. The port is also shutdown. • trap seconds—Send SNMP traps, and specifies the minimum time between consecutive traps. (Range: 1- 1000000) Default Configuration Discard frames with source addresses not the supplicant address. No traps. Command Mode Interface configuration (Ethernet) mode User Guidelines • The command is relevant when Multiple hosts is disabled and the user has been successfully authenticated Examples The following example uses the forward action to forward frames with source addresses. console config-if(Config-VLAN)# dot1x single-host-violation forward trap 100 show dot1x advanced The show dot1x advanced Privileged EXEC mode command displays 802.1X advanced features for the switch or for the specified interface. Syntax show dot1x advanced [ethernet interface] • interface—Ethernet interface Default Configuration This command has no default configuration. Command Mode Privileged EXEC mode User Guidelines • 386 There are no user guidelines for this command. 802.1x Commands Examples The following example displays 802.1X advanced features for the switch. Switch# show dot1x advanced Unauthenticated VLANs: 91, 92 Port Multiple Hosts g1 Disabled g2 Enabled Switch# show dot1x advanced ethernet g1 Port Multiple Hosts g1 Disabled Single host parameters Violation action: Discard Trap: Enabled Trap frequency: 100 Status: Single-host locked Violations since last trap: 9 802.1x Commands 387 www.dell.com | support.dell.com console# show dot1x advanced ethernet g1 Guest VLAN: 3978 Unauthenticated VLANs: 91, 92 Use user attributes from Authentication Server: Enabled User VLAN not created: Create Interface Multiple Hosts g1 Disabled g2 Enabled Single Host Violation: Discard Trap: Enabled Frequency: 100 Status: Authorized (Locked) Counter: 9 388 802.1x Commands